00-introduction en us 1. - corvsport.com...introduction 3 {danger danger indicates a hazard with a...

23214150 A

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

2k17_Chevrolet_Corvette_23214150A.ai 1 4/25/2016 8:46:56 AM2k17_Chevrolet_Corvette_23214150A.ai 1 4/25/2016 8:46:56 AM

Chevrolet Corvette Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-9956103) - 2017 - crc - 4/28/16

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 25

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 93

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 148

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 160

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 306

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 324

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 335

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem,CORVETTE, the CORVETTEEmblem, CORVETTE STINGRAYand the STINGRAY Emblem aretrademarks and/or service marks ofGeneral Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23214150 A First Printing ©2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the ownermanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

% : Audio Steering Wheel Controlsor OnStar® (if equipped)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

j : LATCH System Child Restraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

} : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start


4 Introduction

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/Active HandlingSystem

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Passenger Sensing System . . . 14Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 16Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 19Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Curb View Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 20Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Universal Remote System . . . . . 20Roof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 21Performance VehicleFeatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Fuel (LT1 6.2L V8 Engine) . . . . . 22Fuel (LT4 6.2L SuperchargedV8 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 23Car Wash Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . 23Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 158.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-ChangeSignals 0 145.

Exterior Lamp Controls 0 142.

3. Manual Shift Paddles (IfEquipped). See ManualMode 0 191.

Active Rev Match Paddles (IfEquipped). See Active RevMatch 0 195.

4. Instrument Cluster 0 98.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 94.

6. Instrument Panel StorageButton. See Instrument PanelStorage 0 89.

7. Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator. See PassengerSensing System 0 73.

8. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 144.

9. Hazard WarningFlashers 0 145.

10. Infotainment 0 148.

11. Passenger TemperatureControl. See Dual AutomaticClimate Control System 0 154.

Passenger Heated andVentilated Seat Controls (IfEquipped). See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 61.

12. Driver and RedundantPassenger Heated andVentilated Seat Controls (IfEquipped). See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 61.

13. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 154.

14. Electric Parking Brake 0 197.

15. MODE SELECT Knob. SeeCompetitive DrivingMode 0 205.

16. Shift Lever (Manual Shown).See Automatic Transmission0 189 or ManualTransmission 0 194.

17. Keyless Ignition. See IgnitionPositions 0 182.

18. Bluetooth Controls. See“Steering Wheel Controls” inthe infotainment manual.

Voice Recognition Controls.See “Steering Wheel Controls”in the infotainment manual.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 115.

19. Steering Wheel Controls 0 94.

20. Horn 0 94.

21. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 94 (Out of View).

22. Cruise Control 0 209.

23. Hood Release (Out of View).See Hood 0 224.

24. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 108.

25. Hatch/Trunk Release Button.See Hatch (Trunk) 0 38.

Intrusion and InclinationSensors Disable Switch. SeeVehicle Alarm System 0 40.

26. Head-Up Display Controls (IfEquipped). See Head-UpDisplay (HUD) 0 117.

27. Power Mirrors 0 43.


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within range. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is used to lock andunlock the doors and may work upto 60 m (197 ft) away from thevehicle.

With Remote Start and ConvertibleTop Shown, Others Similar

Press the button to remove the key.The key can be used to open thevehicle and hatch/trunk if power tothe vehicle is lost. See Hatch(Trunk) 0 38.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press again within five seconds tounlock both doors.

Q : Press to lock both doors.

s : Press and hold to releasethe hatch/trunk.

M : If equipped, press andrelease K and then immediately

press and holdM continuously toopen the convertible top all the way.The vehicle must be off to operatethe convertible top. Release thebutton to stop movement. Thisbutton will only open theconvertible top.

See Convertible Top 0 50.

L : Press and release once toinitiate vehicle locator. Press andhold for three seconds to sound thepanic alarm. Press again or start thevehicle to stop the panic alarm.

See Keys 0 25 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 27.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.


In Brief 9

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock a door from theoutside, press Q or K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Driver Door

1. Door Handle Sensor2. Power Door Lock Switch3. Door Latch Button

For Keyless Access, hold the RKEtransmitter within 1 m (3 ft) of thedoor handle. Grip and press thedoor handle sensor (1). See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27. This feature can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

Passenger Door

To lock or unlock a door from theinside, use the power door lockswitch.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

To open a door from the inside,press the door latch button.

The fuel door is also locked andunlocked using these features.

See Power Door Locks 0 36.


10 In Brief

Loss of Vehicle ElectricalPower

If the vehicle has lost battery power,the doors can be opened manually.

From Inside the Vehicle

Pull the driver door release handle.

Pull the passenger door releasehandle.

See Power Door Locks 0 36.

Trunk ReleaseFor automatic transmissions, thevehicle must be in P (Park).

For manual transmissions, thevehicle must be off or stationarywith the parking brake set. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 197.

To release the hatch/trunk:

. Press}.

. Press and holds on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System 0 26.


In Brief 11

. Press the hatch/trunk releasetouch pad with the RKEtransmitter within range or usethe key in the key cylinder. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 26 and Keys 0 25.

See Hatch (Trunk) 0 38.

Windows

Pull up or press down on the switchto raise or lower the window. SeePower Windows 0 45.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)allows the power windows tooperate when the ignition is off. SeeRetained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 186.

Seat Adjustment

Power Seats

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 57.


12 In Brief

Lumbar and BolsterAdjustment

To adjust the lumbar or bolstersupport, if equipped:

. Press and hold the controlforward to increase or rearwardto decrease lumbar support.

. If equipped, press and hold thecontrol upward to increase ordownward to decrease the sidebolster support.

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 57.

Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 58.

Memory Features

If equipped, the 1, 2, SET, and S(Exit) buttons on the driver door areused to manually store and recallmemory settings for the driver seat,outside mirrors, and power tilt andtelescoping steering column.

When Auto Memory Recall isenabled in the personalizationmenu, positions previously stored tomemory buttons 1 and 2 arerecalled when the ignition ischanged from OFF to ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY.


In Brief 13

When Easy Exit Options is enabledin the personalization menu, theseats will move to the previouslystored exit position when the vehicleis turned off and driver door isopened within a short time.

See Memory Seats 0 58 andVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

Driver and Passenger Controls

If equipped, the driver buttons areon the center stack. To operate, theignition must be on.

Press C or M on the left side of theclimate control panel to ventilate orheat the driver seat. A ventilatedseat has a fan that pulls or pushesair through the seat. The air is notcooled.

Passenger Controls

The passenger buttons are also onthe right side of the instrumentpanel under the air vent. Press L

or { to heat or ventilate thepassenger seat. The driver can alsoturn on or off the passenger heatedand ventilated seats using thebuttons on the right side of theclimate control panel.

For driver and passenger controls,press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsshow three for the highest settingand one for the lowest. If the heatedseats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 61.

Safety Belts


14 In Brief

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 62.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 63.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 64.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 85.

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada and Mexico

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 73.

The passenger airbag statusindicator lights on the instrumentpanel when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 107.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Press L (Left) or R (Right) toselect the mirror.

2. Press the control pad to adjustthe mirror.

3. Return the switch to the centerto deselect the mirror.

See Power Mirrors 0 43.

If the vehicle has the memoryfeature, a preferred mirror positioncan be stored. See MemorySeats 0 58.


In Brief 15

To fold, pull the mirror toward thevehicle. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

Interior Mirror

Adjustment

Adjust the rearview mirror to clearlyview the area behind the vehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

To avoid glare of the headlampsfrom behind, push the tab forwardfor daytime and pull it rearward fornighttime use.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

If equipped, the mirror automaticallyreduces the glare of the headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.

See Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror 0 44.

Steering WheelAdjustment

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.

Both the tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn positions can be stored withyour memory settings. See MemorySeats 0 58.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingInterior Light Control

The knob for this feature is on theleft side of the instrument panel.Turn clockwise or counterclockwiseto brighten or dim the lights. Turnthe knob completely clockwise toturn the interior lights on.

Courtesy Lamps

When any door or the hatch/trunk isopened, the interior lamps willcome on.

To turn the courtesy lamps on or off,turn the instrument panel brightnessknob completely clockwise orcounterclockwise.

Reading Lamps


16 In Brief

The reading lamps are in theoverhead console. The lamps go onwhen a door is opened. When thedoors are closed, press the lampbuttons to turn on each lamp.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 146.

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamps

There are four positions:

O : Briefly turn to this position toturn the automatic light control off oron again. When released, thecontrol returns to the AUTOposition.

AUTO : Sets the exterior lamps toautomatic mode. AUTO mode turnsthe exterior lamps on and offdepending on how much light isavailable outside the vehicle.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 142.

. Automatic HeadlampSystem 0 144.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

nL : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 94.


In Brief 17

Climate ControlsThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver Temperature Control

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

3. A/C (Air Conditioning)

4. Air Delivery Modes

5. Defrost

6. SYNC

7. Fan Control

8. Driver and PassengerRedundant Heated andVentilated Front Seat Controls

9. Rear Window Defogger

10. Recirculation

Passenger Temperature Control

The passenger temperature controlis below the passenger sideair vent.

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 154.


18 In Brief

Transmission

Manual Paddle Shift(Automatic Transmission)

The Manual Paddle Shift systemcan be used in D (Drive) orM (Manual Mode). The system isactivated by pressing the left paddleto downshift and the right paddle toupshift. The current gear will bedisplayed in the instrument cluster,or the Head-Up Display (HUD),if equipped.

The Manual Paddle Shift system willnot allow either an upshift or adownshift if the vehicle speed is toofast or too slow, nor will it allow astart from 3 (Third) or higher gear.

See Manual Mode 0 191.

Active Rev Match (ManualTransmission)

Vehicles equipped with a manualtransmission have Active Rev Match(ARM). ARM aids in smoothershifting by matching the enginespeed to the next selected gear.The system is normally off. It isactivated and deactivated bypressing either of the paddlesmarked REV MATCH on thesteering wheel. See Active RevMatch 0 195.

1–4 Shift Message (ManualTransmission)

On vehicles with a manualtransmission, when this DICmessage is displayed, thetransmission can only shift from1 (First) to 4 (Fourth).

For more information about shiftingfor the best fuel economy, seeManual Transmission 0 194.


In Brief 19

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

1 : Press to turn cruise control onor off. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET/– : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 209.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.


20 In Brief

o or p : Press o to openapplication menus on the left.Press p to open interaction menuson the right.

SEL : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 115.

Curb View CameraIf equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays to aidwith parking and low-speedmaneuvers.

See "Curb View Camera" underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 212.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 212.

Power OutletsUse the accessory power outlet toplug in electrical equipment, such asa cell phone or MP3 player.

There are three accessory poweroutlets:

. Inside the center consolestorage compartment.

. In front of the cupholder.

. In the rear compartment.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

See Power Outlets 0 96.

Universal Remote System

This system, if equipped, provides away to replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist you withprogramming the Universal Remotesystem.


In Brief 21

See Universal RemoteSystem 0 139.

Roof PanelIf equipped with a removable roofpanel, there are three releasehandles. Two are at the front of theroof panel and one is at the rear ofthe roof panel. See “Removing theRoof Panel” under Roof Panel 0 47.

Help may be needed to remove theroof panel. Always store the roofpanel properly in the rear storagecompartment.

For more information:

. See “Storing the Roof Panel”under Roof Panel 0 47.

. See “Installing the Roof Panel”under Roof Panel 0 47.

ConvertibleIf equipped, the convertible top canbe automatically opened andclosed. For step-by-stepinstructions, see ConvertibleTop 0 50.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

StabiliTrak is a computer controlledsystem that helps the drivermaintain directional control of thevehicle in difficult driving conditions.This is accomplished by selectivelyapplying any one of the vehicle’sbrakes. The system turns onautomatically every time the vehicleis started.

. To turn off TCS, press andrelease g on the center

console. i illuminates in theinstrument cluster.

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak, press and hold g,until the Traction Off light i and

the StabiliTrak OFF light gilluminate in the instrumentcluster.

. Press and release g again toturn on both systems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 199.

The vehicle has Driver ModeControl and may have CompetitiveDriving Mode. See Driver ModeControl 0 201 and CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 205.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflate


22 In Brief

the tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 177. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 273.

Performance VehicleFeaturesChecking Engine Oil

Your vehicle may have a highperformance dry sump lubricationsystem. This system operates

differently than a standard enginelubrication system. See EngineOil 0 230.

Check the oil level only after theengine has been thoroughly warmedup and then check between five and10 minutes of shutoff. This ensuresthat the oil level reading obtainedwill be accurate.

Brake Noise

Under certain weather or operatingconditions, occasional brake squealmay be heard with the vehicle'sperformance braking system. Thisbrake system is designed forsuperior fade resistance andconsistent operation using highperformance brake pads. Brakesqueal is normal and does not affectsystem performance.

Tire Chatter/Hop

When driving at slow speeds and invery tight turns, the vehicle mayhave tire chatter/hop. This conditionis normal and the vehicle does notrequire service.

Road Imperfections/Crown Effects

The vehicle's precise steering andhandling make it very responsive toroad surface feedback. A slight pullmay be felt in the steeringdepending on the crown of the roadand/or other road surface variationssuch as troughs or ruts. This isnormal and the vehicle does notrequire service.

Fuel (LT1 6.2L V8 Engine)

Premium Recommended Fuel

Use premium 93 octane unleadedgasoline in your vehicle. Unleadedgasoline with an octane rating aslow as 87 may be used, but it willreduce performance and fueleconomy. See Fuel 0 213.


In Brief 23

Fuel (LT4 6.2LSupercharged V8 Engine)

Premium Required Fuel

Use premium 93 octane unleadedgasoline in your vehicle. Unleadedgasoline with a 91 octane ratingmay be used, but it will reduceperformance and fuel economy. SeeFuel 0 213.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays a CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON DIC message when it isnecessary to change the engine oiland filter. The oil life system shouldbe reset to 100% only following anoil change.

Dry Sump Engine Break-In OilChange

If equipped with a dry sump engine,the initial oil and filter change mustbe performed at 800 km/500 mi.Follow the engine oil life system forevery oil change thereafter.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Scroll through the DIC InfoPages menu until theREMAINING OIL LIFE

percentage is displayed. SeeDriver Information Center(DIC) 0 115.

2. Press and hold the SEL buttonon the DIC while the Oil Lifedisplay is active. The oil life willchange to 100%.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 235.

Car Wash Guidelines

Caution

Some automatic car washes cancause damage to the vehicle,wheels, or convertible top,if equipped. Automatic carwashes are not recommended,due to lack of clearance for theundercarriage and/or wide reartires and wheels. See "Washingthe Vehicle" under ExteriorCare 0 296


24 In Brief

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible:

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Select Eco mode for improvedfuel economy. This will result inbetter Active Fuel Managementoperation. See Active FuelManagement® 0 188.

. For recommended shift speeds,see Manual Transmission 0 194.

Premium Fuel

Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 213.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-800-243-8872

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New Chevrolet owners areautomatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance Program.

See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 328.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 33Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 37Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

DoorsHatch (Trunk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 40Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 41

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 43Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 44Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 44Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

RoofRoof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The key inside the RKE transmittercan be used to open the vehicle andhatch/trunk if power to the vehicle islost. See Hatch (Trunk) 0 38.


Press the button near the bottom ofthe RKE transmitter to remove thekey. Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

This vehicle has a Keyless Accesssystem with pushbutton start. SeeIgnition Positions 0 182 forinformation on starting the vehicle.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

If locked out of the vehicle, contactRoadside Assistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 328.

With an active OnStar subscription,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 0 338.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 334.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.



Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See“Keyless Access Operation” later inthis section.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 26.


Q : Press to lock both doors. Theturn signal indicators may flash and/or the horn may sound on thesecond press to indicate locking.See “Remote Lock, Unlock, Start”under VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed and Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled throughvehicle personalization, all doors willlock and then the driver door will

immediately unlock. See “UnlockedDoor Anti-Lockout” under VehiclePersonalization 0 132. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, both doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 40.

When the doors are locked, the fueldoor is also locked.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press again within five seconds tounlock both doors. When remotelyunlocking the vehicle at night, theheadlamps and back-up lamps willcome on for about 30 seconds tolight your approach to the vehicle.The turn signal indicators may flashto indicate unlocking.

Pressing K will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 40.

When the doors are unlocked, thefuel door is also unlocked.



/ : If equipped, press and releaseQ and then immediately press andhold/ for at least four seconds tostart the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33.

L : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. The exterior lampsflash and the horn chirps threetimes. Press and holdL forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signal lamps flash for30 seconds, or untilL is pressedagain or the vehicle is started.

s : Press and hold to releasethe hatch/trunk. If the engine isrunning, the shift lever must be inP (Park) for an automatictransmission. For a manualtransmission, the shift lever must bein Neutral with the parkingbrake set.

M : If equipped, press andrelease K, then immediately press

and holdM continuously to openthe convertible top all the way. Thevehicle must be off to operate the

convertible top. Release the buttonto stop movement. This button willonly open the convertible top.

Convertible Top. Do not try to start the vehicle

while using the RKE transmitterto open the convertible top.Release both the RKEtransmitter button and ENGINESTART/STOPand wait a fewseconds before starting thevehicle normally.

. The passive door unlock featuremay not operate properly whileusing the RKE transmitter toopen the convertible top.

Keyless Access Operation

This vehicle has the KeylessAccess system that lets you unlockand unlatch the doors and accessthe trunk without removing the RKEtransmitter from your pocket, purse,briefcase, etc. The RKE transmittermust be within 1 m (3 ft) of the dooror trunk being opened. There will bea touch pad on the inside of thedoor handles.

The Keyless Access system can beprogrammed to unlock both doorson the first door handle sensorpress from the driver door. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Keyless Unlocking

Press the door handle sensor tounlock and open the doors if theRKE transmitter is within with 1 m(3 ft). Pull the door handle to unlatchthe door. See Door Locks 0 34 and“Passive Door Unlock” underVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Passive Locking

Keyless Access will lock severalseconds after all doors are closed ifthe vehicle is off and at least onetransmitter has been removed ornone remain in the vehicle.

The fuel door will also lock atthis time.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKE



transmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize whether the doorsautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Passive Door Lock”under VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable the passivelocking by pressing and holding Kon the interior door switch with adoor open for at least four seconds,or until three chimes are heard.Passive locking will then remaindisabled until Q on the interior dooris pressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,Start” under VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off and aremote is left in the vehicle, the hornwill chirp three times after bothdoors are closed. To turn on or offsee “Remote Left in Vehicle Alert”under VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

Keyless Trunk Opening

Press the hatch/trunk release touchpad to open the trunk if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters programmedto it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters.

1. The vehicle must be off andboth the recognized and newtransmitters must be with you.

2. Place the two recognizedtransmitters in the cupholder.

3. Insert the vehicle key of thenew transmitter into the keycylinder above the licenseplate.



4. Open the hatch/trunk.

5. Turn the key five times within10 seconds.

6. The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE # 3 or 4, up to 8.

7. Place the new transmitter inthe steering column transmitterpocket with the buttons facingup and the bottom of thetransmitter facing thepassenger side.

8. Press ENGINE START/STOP.

9. The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE # 4 or 5, up to 8.

10. Press K on each newlyprogrammed transmitter tocomplete the process.

11. To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 7–10. Press and hold ENGINESTART/STOP for 12 seconds ifprogramming is complete.

Return the key back into theRKE transmitter.

Programming without twoRecognized Transmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all transmitters tobe programmed must be present.

1. The vehicle must be off.

2. Remove the key from the newtransmitter and insert thevehicle key into the keycylinder above the licenseplate.

3. Open the hatch/trunk.

4. Turn the key five times within10 seconds.

The DIC message displaysREMOTE LEARN PENDINGPLEASE WAIT.

5. Put the key back into the RKEtransmitter.

6. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARN,then press the ENGINESTART/STOP button.

The DIC reads REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

7. Repeat Step 6 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps. The DIC displayshould now show READY FORREMOTE #1.



8. Place the new transmitter inthe steering column transmitterpocket with the buttons facingup and the bottom of thetransmitter facing thepassenger side.

9. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC display willshow that it is ready to programthe new transmitter.

10. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress Q or K on thetransmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 8–10. When all additionaltransmitters are programmed,press and hold ENGINESTART/STOP forapproximately 12 seconds toexit programming mode.

11. Return the key back into theRKE transmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display a NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET, THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE messagewhen you try to start the vehicle.See Key and Lock Messages 0 126.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

To start the vehicle:

1. Place the transmitter in thesteering column transmitterpocket with the buttons facingup and the bottom of thetransmitter facing thepassenger side.



2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and ENGINESTART/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.

1. Press the button near thebottom of the transmitter andpull the key out.

2. Use the oval base of the keyblade to separate the twohalves of the transmitter.

3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Align the key release buttonand snap the transmitter backtogether.



Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, this feature allows theengine to be started from outsidethe vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear windowdefogger may come on duringremote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear defog indicatorlight does not come on duringremote start.

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, mayturn on automatically. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 61.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

If the vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

The RKE transmitter range may beless while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 26.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash. Thelamps flash to confirm therequest to remote start thevehicle has been received.

During the remote start, thedoors will be locked and theparking lamps will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut off after10 minutes unless a timeextension is done.

3. To drive, have the RKEtransmitter in the vehicle, pressthe brake pedal, and then startthe vehicle.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1–2 are repeated while theengine is still running. An extensioncan be requested, 30 seconds afterstarting. This provides a total of20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once per ignition cycle.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

After two remote starts, the vehicle'signition must be changed to ON/RUN/START and then back to OFFbefore the remote start procedurecan be used again.



Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. The ignition is in any mode otherthan OFF.

. The transmitter is in the vehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers — especiallychildren — can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. When adoor is locked it will notopen. You increase thechance of being thrown outof the vehicle in a crash ifthe doors are not locked.So, wear safety beltsproperly and lock the doorswhenever you drive.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can suffer

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

permanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock your vehiclewhenever you leave it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopyour vehicle. Locking yourdoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock from the outside,press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.



1. Door Handle Sensor2. Power Door Lock Switch3. Door Latch Button

For Keyless Access, hold the RKEtransmitter within 1 m (3 ft) of thedoor handle. Grip and press thedoor handle sensor (1) to open. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27. When thepassenger door is opened first, thedriver door will also unlock. Toprogram this feature, see VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

To lock or unlock from the inside,use the power door lock switch (2).See Power Door Locks 0 36.

To open a door from the inside,press the door latch button (3).

Loss of Vehicle Electrical Power

If the vehicle has lost battery power,open the doors manually.

From Inside the Vehicle

Pull the driver door release handle.

Pull the passenger door releasehandle.

From Outside the Vehicle



Use the key to open the hatch/trunk.See Keys 0 25.

Pull the manual door releasehandle.

Power Door Locks

Driver Door

Passenger Door

To lock or unlock the doors andfuel door from inside the vehicle,press Q or K on a power door lockswitch. The indicator light in theswitch will illuminate when the dooris locked.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout feature has beenturned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch with the door open,a chime will sound three timesindicating that delayed locking isactive.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.



Press Q on the door lock switch

again, or press Q on the RKEtransmitter, to override this featureand lock the doors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park) for automatictransmissions, or when vehiclespeed becomes faster than 13 km/h(8 mph) for manual transmissions.

If a vehicle door is unlocked andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot isremoved from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a power door lockswitch.

. For an automatic transmission,shift into P (Park).

. For a manual transmission, turnthe vehicle off when parked.

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/STARTand the power door lock switch ispressed with the driver door open,all the doors will lock and only thedriver door will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off using thevehicle personalization menus. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 132.



Doors

Hatch (Trunk)

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, hatch/trunk open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thehatch/trunk or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or hatch/trunk open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

highest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 188.

Hatch/Trunk Release

For automatic transmissions, thevehicle must be in P (Park).

For manual transmissions, thevehicle must be off or stationarywith the parking brake set. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 197.

To release the hatch/trunk:

. Press}.

. Press and holds on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System 0 26.



. Press the hatch/trunk releasetouch pad with the RKEtransmitter within range or usethe key in the key cylinder. SeeKeys 0 25.

Hatch/Trunk Closing

Caution

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in the rear storagecompartments located in thehatch/trunk area. The objectscould damage the underside ofthe hatch/trunk.

Use the pull cup to close the hatch/trunk with light force until the powerlatch feature activates. The hatch/trunk will close the rest of the wayand latch automatically.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle (Convertible)

Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.

There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe trunk lid. This handle will glowfollowing exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the trunkfrom the inside.

After use, return to the storedposition.



Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the hatch/trunkis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated ifthe passenger door, the hatch/trunk,or the hood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated,do one of the following:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.



. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand both doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the transmitterand the horn chirps and the lightsflash three times, a previous alarmoccurred while the system wasarmed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.See Security Messages 0 129.

Inclination Sensor andIntrusion Sensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features, thissystem may also have an inclinationsensor and intrusion sensor.

The inclination sensor can set offthe alarm if it senses movement ofthe vehicle, such as a change invehicle orientation.

The intrusion sensor monitors thevehicle interior, and can activate thealarm if it senses unauthorized entryinto the vehicle’s interior. Do notallow passengers or pets to remainin the vehicle when the intrusionsensor is activated.

Before arming the theft-deterrentsystem and activating the intrusionsensor:

. Make sure both doors andwindows are completely closed.

. Secure any loose items such assunshades.

. Make sure there are noobstructions blocking thesensors.

Intrusion and InclinationSensors Disable Switch

It is recommended that the intrusionand inclination sensors bedeactivated if pets are left in thevehicle or if the vehicle is beingtransported.

With the vehicle turned off, pressdto the right of the hatch/trunkrelease button. The indicator lightwill come on momentarily, indicatingthat these sensors have beendisabled until the next time thealarm system is armed.

ImmobilizerSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 334.

Immobilizer OperationThe vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.



The security light comes on in theinstrument cluster if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system. This lightalso comes on briefly when theengine is started.

The system is automatically armedwhen the ignition is turned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the ignition is placedin ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START and a valid transmitter isfound in the vehicle.

You do not have to manually arm ordisarm the system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters that are matched to animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter starts the vehicle.The vehicle may not start if the RKEtransmitter is damaged.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light comes on, there maybe a problem with the immobilizersystem. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button again.

If the vehicle does not start and theRKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another RKEtransmitter. Or, place the transmitterin the transmitter pocket. See “NOREMOTE DETECTED” under Keyand Lock Messages 0 126. Checkthe fuse. See Fuses 0 254. If theengine still does not start with theother transmitter, the vehicle needsservice. If the engine does start, thefirst transmitter may be faulty. Seeyour dealer or have a new RKEtransmitter programmed to thevehicle.

The immobilizer system can learnnew or replacement RKEtransmitters. Up to eight RKEtransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.



Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Press L (Left) or R (Right) toselect a mirror.

2. Press the control pad to adjustthe mirror.

3. Return the switch to the centerto deselect the mirror.

If the vehicle has the memoryfeature, a preferred mirror positioncan be stored. See MemorySeats 0 58.

Folding MirrorsTo fold, pull the mirror toward thevehicle. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

Heated Mirrors1 : Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 154.

Automatic DimmingMirrorThe driver outside mirrorautomatically adjusts for the glare ofheadlamps from behind.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.



The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

If equipped with OnStar, there arethree buttons at the bottom of themirror. See your dealer for moreinformation on the system and howto subscribe to OnStar. See OnStarOverview 0 338.

To avoid accidental OnStar calls,clean the mirror with the ignition off.Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorPush the tab forward for daytimeuse and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.



Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous for manyreasons; children or others couldbe badly injured or even killed.They could operate the powerwindows or other controls or evenmake the vehicle move. Thewindows will function with theRKE transmitter in the vehicleand they could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Do notleave the RKE transmitter in avehicle with children.

The windows work when the vehicleis in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 186.

Press the switch to the first detent tolower the window. Pull to the firstdetent to raise the window. Releaseto stop at the desired position.

If windows are operated repeatedlyin short intervals, window operationis disabled for a short time.

Window Express Movement

Express-down/up allows thewindows to be opened or closedwithout holding the window switch.



Press the window switch fully to thesecond detent and release or pullthe switch to the second detent andquickly release it to engage. Brieflypress or pull the same switch tostop window movement.

Express Window ObstacleDetection

The express-up feature will reversewindow movement if it comes incontact with an object. Extreme coldor ice could cause the window toauto-reverse. The window willoperate as normal after the object orcondition is removed.

Obstacle Detection Override

{ Warning

If obstacle detection override isactivated, the window will notreverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before you use obstacle detectionoverride, make sure that allpeople and obstructions are clearof the window path.

The window can be closed byholding the window switch in the upposition if conditions prevent it fromexpress closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle's battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up,follow these steps to program thewindow:

To program the window:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed, then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Press the power window switchuntil the window is fully openand briefly hold.

Window Operation withConvertible Top

Windows automatically lower fullywhen the convertible top is loweredor raised. See Convertible Top 0 50.To raise the windows, pull the switchto the second detent and release.

Window Indexing

When fully closed, indexingautomatically lowers the window asmall amount when the door isopened. When the door is closed,the window will raise to its previousposition. If either window does notindex properly, it could be due toloss of power. Before seeing yourdealer for service, program thepower windows.



Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow or, if equipped, extendalong the rod.

Roof

Roof PanelIf equipped with a removable roofpanel, use the following proceduresto remove or install it.

Caution

If a roof panel is dropped orrested on its edges, the roofpanel, paint, and/orweatherstripping may bedamaged. Always place the roofpanel in the stowage receiversafter removing it from the vehicle.

Removing the Roof Panel

{ Warning

Do not remove a roof panel whilethe vehicle is moving. The panelcould fall into the vehicle andstrike an occupant and cause youto lose control. It could also fly off

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and strike another vehicle.Remove the roof panel only whenthe vehicle is parked.

It may be necessary to have helpremoving the roof panel.

To remove:

1. Shift an automatic transmissioninto P (Park) or a manualtransmission into 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

2. Turn the ignition off and set theparking brake.

3. Lower both sun visors.

4. Open the rear hatch/trunk andremove any items that mayinterfere with proper storage ofthe roof panel.

5. Lower the windows.

There are two release handleson the front and one releasehandle on the rear of the roofpanel.



6. To unlock the front releasehandles, pull them outward,turning fully.

7. Press the button on the front ofthe rear release handle tounlock it. The latch leverwill open.

8. Stand on one side of thevehicle, and if necessary, havesomeone stand on the otherside. Together, carefully lift thefront edge of the roof panel upand forward. Avoid droppingthe rear edge downward.

9. When the roof panel is loose,grasp it as close to the centeras possible and lift it away fromthe vehicle.

Storing the Roof Panel

{ Warning

If a roof panel is not storedproperly, it could be thrown aboutthe vehicle in a crash or suddenmaneuver. People in the vehiclecould be injured. Always use thestowage receivers.

Caution

Dirt, dust, or other contaminantson the removable roof panel orcargo shade could cause damageto the finish of the roof panel if itis stored under the shade.Remove the cargo shade whenstoring the roof in the rearcompartment.

1. Turn the roof panel so that thefront edge of the panel is facingthe front of the vehicle.



2. Insert the front of the roof panelso that the indents lay on top ofthe receivers.

3. Line up the rear roof panel pinsso that they drop into thereceivers on the back of thestorage area.

4. Press down firmly to seat thepins in the rear receivers.

Installing the Roof Panel

{ Warning

An improperly attached roof panelmay fall into or fly off the vehicle.You or others could be injured.After installing the roof panel,always check that it is firmlyattached by pushing up on theunderside of the panel. Checknow and then to be sure the roofpanel is firmly in place.

Caution

Installing the roof with the releasehandles in the closed positioncould cause damage to theinterior trim. Always movehandles to the open positionwhen installing the roof.

It is easier if two people install theroof panel.

To install:

1. Shift an automatic transmissioninto P (Park). Shift a manualtransmission into 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

2. Turn the ignition off and set theparking brake.

3. To remove the roof panel, pullup on the rear edge andremove it from thestorage area.

4. Carefully place the roof panelover the top of the vehicle.



5. Position the rear edge of theroof panel next to theweatherstrip on the back of theroof opening. Then align and fitthe pins at the rear of the roofpanel inside the openings inthe rear overhead weatherstrip.Gently lower the front edge ofthe roof panel to the front of theroof opening.

6. Check that theweatherstripping on each sideof the roof panel is under thepanel.

7. Make sure the front releasehandles are in the full openposition.

8. Push the roof firmly downwardto engage the pins.

9. Turn the front release handlesinward so that they fully latchto the closed position. It iscritical that the handles fullylatch.

10. Push back and up on the rearrelease handle to insert thehook in the loop.

11. Push and pull the roof panel upand down and side to side toensure the roof panel issecurely installed.

Maintaining the Roof Panel

Caution

Using glass cleaner on a paintedroof panel could damage thepanel. The repairs would not be

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

covered by the vehicle warranty.Do not use glass cleaner on thepainted roof panel.

When cleaning, removing, and/orstoring the roof panel:

. Flush with water to remove dustand dirt, then dry the panel.

. Do not use abrasive cleaningmaterials on the panel.

Convertible TopIf equipped with a convertible top,review the following beforeoperating:

{ Warning

While opening or closing theconvertible top, people can beinjured by the moving parts of thetonneau cover or convertible top.Maintain visual contact with thetop while it is being operated.



Caution

Follow these guidelines whenoperating the convertible top ordamage can occur:

. Remove all items from theroof, trunk lid, or tonneaucover before operating.

. Remove all objects from thetrunk that may contact theconvertible top when it isoperated.

. Do not leave the vehiclewith the convertibletop open.

. Do not exceed 50 km/h(31 mph) until the top hascompletely closed oropened.

. Do not open or close the topwhile driving in high windconditions.

. Do not operate theconvertible top multipletimes in a short period of

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

time without starting theengine to avoid draining thevehicle battery.

. Do not open or store theconvertible top when it isdirty or wet. This couldresult in stains, mildew,or other damage.

. Only store the vehicle withthe top fully closed.

Opening the Convertible Top —Instrument Panel Switch

1. Remove all objects from thetop of the tonneau cover andforward of the partition. Placethe partition in the rear storagearea in the upright position.Fasten both sides of thepartition to the posts just belowthe tonneau cover. See RearStorage 0 90.

2. Close the trunk.

3. Start the vehicle or place it inACC/ACCESSORY.

4. When possible, operate theconvertible top when thevehicle is stopped. The top canbe operated while drivingbelow 50 km/h (31 mph) andwill stop if that speed isexceeded. The top operationwill take approximately25 seconds. Make sure the topoperation can be completedbefore that speed is reached.

5. Press and hold the bottomofM. The windows willautomatically lower.



6. After the convertible top iscompletely open, a chimesounds and a DIC messagedisplays. Release the switch.

If the radio is on, the sound may bemuted for a brief time due to a newaudio system equalization beingloaded.

Opening the Convertible Top —RKE Transmitter

1. Make sure the vehicle is off.

2. The trunk partition mustalready be in place and thetrunk closed.

3. Keep visual contact with thevehicle. Press and release Kon the RKE transmitter andthen quickly press andholdM.

4. HoldM until the top iscompletely opened and theexterior lamps flash. A chimewill sound.

If the top stops before it hascompletely opened, press K and

then pressM again.

If the top still stops opening try thefollowing:

. Move closer to the vehicle.

. HoldM until the operation iscomplete.

. Interference from other RKEtransmitters or devices mayinterrupt the operation. Press Kand thenM again. If the topstill does not open use theconvertible switch in the vehicle.

The convertible top cannot beclosed using the RKE transmitter.

See Rear Storage 0 90.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27.

Closing the Convertible Top

1. Make sure the sun visor mirrorcovers are closed and the sunvisors are stored in the centermount position.

2. Remove all objects from thetop of the tonneau cover andforward of the partition. Placethe partition in the rear storagearea in the upright position.

Fasten both sides of thepartition to the posts just belowthe tonneau cover. See RearStorage 0 90.

3. Close the trunk.

4. Start the vehicle or place it inACC/ACCESSORY.

5. When possible, operate theconvertible top when thevehicle is stopped. The top canbe operated while drivingbelow 50 km/h (31 mph) andwill stop if that speed isexceeded. The top operationwill take approximately25 seconds. Make sure the topoperation can be completedbefore that speed is reached.



6. Press and hold the top ofM.The windows will automaticallylower.

7. After the convertible top iscompletely closed, a chimesounds and a DIC messagedisplays. Release the switch.Raise the windows if needed.

If the radio is on, the sound may bemuted for a brief time due to a newaudio system equalization beingloaded.

Troubleshooting

Check the following if theconvertible top switchM is notoperating:

. The ignition should be in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) should be active.

. The trunk lid should be closedand the trunk partition in place.A DIC message will display.

. If the ONLY MANUALOPERATION OF TOPPOSSIBLE message isdisplayed on the DIC, see“Manual Movement of Top” laterin this section.

. At cooler outside temperatures,the convertible top may notopen. It is possible to close thetop down to temperatures ofabout −20 °C (−4 °F). A DICmessage will display if the topwill not open due to lowtemperature. If necessary, movethe vehicle to a heated indoorarea to operate the top.

. If the top has recently beencycled repeatedly or left in anintermediate state, it will betemporarily disabled. A DICmessage displays. Normaloperation will be restored within10 minutes after the system hascooled.

. If the vehicle battery is low, thepower top operation may bedisabled. Try to start the vehicle.A DIC message displays.

. If the battery has recently beenreconnected or if the vehicle hasbeen jump started, the top maynot operate until the powerwindows have been indexed.Complete the power windowindexing procedure. See PowerWindows 0 45.

See Convertible TopMessages 0 123.

Other features may be affectedwhile operating the convertible top:

. The trunk can only be openedwith the key until the convertibletop is completely opened orclosed.



. Do not try to start the vehiclewhile opening the top with theRKE transmitter. A DIC messagemay display. Release bothbuttons and wait a few secondsbefore starting the vehiclenormally.

. The passive door unlock featuremay not operate properly whileusing the RKE transmitter toopen the convertible top.

. The windows cannot close whilethe top is moving.

. When driving with the top notfully secured, chimes can beheard above 80 km/h (50 mph).

If the vehicle battery has beendisconnected and reconnected, thefuses were pulled or replaced, or ajump start was performed, the TOPNOT SECURE message maydisplay. Press and holdM toopen/close the top until thismessage is cleared.


Partial Top Cycling

If the convertible top operation isstopped before completion, the topwill temporarily hold its position.If the ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,the top will be held for up tofive minutes. If the vehicle is movingor off, the amount of time will varyfrom a few seconds to about aminute.

Beeps and DIC messages will bedisplayed before the top will move.When this occurs, immediately finishthe convertible top operation bypressing the button again until itcompletes.

If the top cannot be secured, keepclear of the top components. Insome conditions the top may movequickly.

Do not drive with the convertible topin an unsecured position. The topcomponents may moveunexpectedly. In some cases thetop may not be able to be poweroperated. If this occurs, follow theDIC messages displayed.

If the tonneau cover is not securedand latched, and the vehicle ismoving above 10 km/h (6 mph), thetonneau cover may automaticallymove to a stable position.


Manual Movement of Top

If the DIC displays the ONLYMANUAL OPERATION OF TOPPOSSIBLE message:

1. PressM to either open orclose the top. Press the switchin the opposite direction if onedoes not work.

2. If the top moves, continuepressing the switch in thatdirection for at leastfive seconds. The top shouldthen work normally.

If the top does not respond in eitherdirection, use the followingprocedure to manually adjust theconvertible top and tonneau cover ifthey are retracted but not latched.This requires more than one person.



1. On each side of the tonneaucover, lift and pivot rearwardinto the fully open position.

2. Lift and pivot the convertibletop rearward into the fullystowed position.

If the convertible top does notoperate after this adjustment, closethe tonneau cover and take it toyour dealer for service.

Cleaning the Convertible Top

The convertible top should becleaned often. Do not usehigh-pressure car washes as thesemay cause water to enter thevehicle.

Hand wash the convertible top inpartial shade. Use mild soap,lukewarm water, and a soft sponge.A chamois or cloth may leave lint onthe top, and a brush can chafe thethreads in the top fabric. Do not usedetergents, harsh cleaners,solvents, or bleaching agents.

Wet the entire top and let the soapremain on the fabric for a fewminutes. Wash evenly to avoidspots or rings. When the top is verydirty, use a mild foam-type cleaner.Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle,then let the top dry in direct sunlight.

To protect the convertible top:

. Make sure the convertible top iscompletely dry before lowering it.

. Do not get any cleaner on thevehicle's painted finish; it couldleave streaks.


56 Seats and Restraints

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Front SeatsPower Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 57Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 58Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 67Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 67Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 70When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Passenger Sensing System . . . 73Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 78

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 79Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Infants and Young Children . . . . 81Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 83Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 85

Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . 86

Head RestraintsThe vehicle's front seats have headrestraints in the outboard seatingpositions that cannot be adjusted.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.


Seats and Restraints 57

Front Seats

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 58.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 57.

Seat Travel Limit

If a seat is moved all the way to therear and/or the seatback is reclinedso that it makes contact with thecarpet, all rearward seat movementwill stop. Normal operation of theseat will resume when the seatbackis no longer in contact with thecarpet. This is normal.

If a seat is folded forward, allrearward or downward seatmovement will stop. Normaloperation will resume when the seatis returned to an upright position.

Lumbar Adjustment

To adjust the lumbar and bolstersupport (if equipped):

. Press and hold the controlforward to increase or rearwardto decrease lumbar support.

. If equipped, press and hold thecontrol upward to increase ordownward to decrease the sidebolster support.



Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Memory Seats

If memory equipped, the 1, 2, SET,and S (Exit) buttons on the driverdoor are used to manually store andrecall memory settings for the driverseat, outside mirrors, and power tiltand telescoping steering column.

Storing Memory Positions

To store positions to the 1 and 2buttons:

1. Place the ignition in ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Adjust the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and the power tilt andtelescoping steering column tothe desired driving positions.

3. Press and release SET. A beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold 1until two beeps sound.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 2.

To store exit positions and easy exitfeatures, repeat Steps 1–4 using S(Exit) to store your positions forgetting out of the vehicle.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, or S tomanually recall the previouslystored memory positions. Releasing



1, 2, or S before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

Automatically Recalling MemoryPositions (Auto Memory Recall)

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the Auto(Automatic) Memory Recall featureautomatically recalls the currentdriver’s previously stored 1 or 2position when the ignition ischanged from OFF to ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY.

See “Auto Memory Recall” under“Comfort and Convenience” inVehicle Personalization 0 132.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls, or press thepower tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn control.

Placing the ignition in OFF alsostops the recall

If the vehicle driver has changed, insome vehicles the Driver ID may bedisplayed for the first few ignitioncycles.

RKE transmitters are not labeledwith a number. If your memory seatposition is stored to 1 or 2 but thisposition is not automaticallyrecalling, then store your positionsto the other button or switch RKEtransmitters with the other driver.

Easy Exit Recall

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the easy exitfeature recalls the previously storedExit positions when leaving thevehicle. See “Storing MemoryPositions” previously in this section.See also VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

Easy exit recall automaticallyactivates when one of the followingoccurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, driver seat, outsidemirror, or power tilt and telescopingsteering column controls.

Seat Travel Limit

If the seat is folded forward ormoved rearward into contact withthe carpet, the seat must bereturned to an upright position ormoved forward off the carpet toregain operation.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power tilt andtelescoping steering column whilerecalling a memory position, therecall may stop. Remove theobstruction. Then do one of thefollowing:

. If automatically or manuallyrecalling the stored memoryposition, press and hold theappropriate manual control fortwo seconds. Try recalling againby pressing the appropriatememory button.

. If automatically recalling theposition, try recalling by openingthe driver door and pressing Kon the RKE transmitter.



. If recalling the exit position,press and hold the appropriatemanual control for the exitfeature not recalling fortwo seconds. Then try recallingthe exit position again.

If the memory position is still notrecalling, see your dealer forservice.

Seatback Latches

If equipped, lift the latch to fold aseatback forward.

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To return a seatback to the sittingposition, push the seatbackrearward. Push and pull on theseatback to make sure it is locked inplace.

{ Warning

When returning the seatbackupright, make sure the safety beltis routed properly and is notcaught behind the seatback latch.You could be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearing thesafety belt properly. See How toWear Safety Belts Properly 0 63.

In some vehicles, when theseatback is folded forward, somepower seat adjustments may not be



available. See Power SeatAdjustment 0 57 and RecliningSeatbacks 0 58.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

Driver and Redundant PassengerControls

If equipped, the driver buttons areon the center stack. To operate, theignition must be on.

Press C or M on the left side of theclimate control panel to ventilate orheat the driver seat. A ventilatedseat has a fan that pulls or pushesair through the seat. The air is notcooled.

Passenger Controls

The passenger buttons are also onthe right side of the instrumentpanel under the air vent. Press L

or { to heat or ventilate thepassenger seat. The driver can alsoturn on or off the passenger heatedand ventilated seats using thebuttons on the right side of theclimate control panel.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsshow three for the highest settingand one for the lowest. If the heated



seats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start (if equipped),the heated or ventilated seats canbe turned on automatically. When itis cold outside, the heated seatsturn on, and when it is hot outsidethe ventilated seats turn on. Theheated or ventilated seats arecanceled when the ignition is turnedon. Press the heated or ventilatedseat button to use the heated orventilated seats after the vehicle isstarted.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights do not turn on duringa remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats willnot turn on during a remote startunless they are enabled in thevehicle personalization menu. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 33 andVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Safety BeltsThis section describes how to usesafety belts properly, and somethings not to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 106.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withsafety belts— not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 80 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 81. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.



It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Always wear the shoulderbelt over the shoulder andacross the chest. Use thesafety belt guide, if needed,to position the shoulder beltover the shoulder andacross the chest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.



GT Seat Shown, CompetitionSport Seat Similar

1. The seat has a safety beltguide. The safety belt guidehelps position the shoulder beltover the shoulder and acrossthe chest of smaller adults andof older children who haveoutgrown booster seats. To usethe safety belt guide, slide theedge of the belt webbingthrough the opening on theguide. Be sure the belt is nottwisted. If a child will be ridingin the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 80 or Infants andYoung Children 0 81.

2. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

3. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraint

locking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 73.

If the shoulder portion of thedriver belt is pulled out all theway, the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.



4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSafety Belt Extender 0 67.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.If the safety belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull thesafety belt straight out firmly tounlock the webbing, and thenrelease it. If the webbing is stilllocked in the retractor, see yourdealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Safety beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe safety belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's safetybelt system will need to be replaced.See Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 68.



Do not sit on the outboard safetybelt while entering or exiting thevehicle or at any time while sitting inthe seat. Sitting on the safety beltcan damage the webbing andhardware.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Neveruse it for securing child restraints.To wear it, attach it to the regular

safety belt. For more information,see the instruction sheet that comeswith the extender.

Safety System CheckCheck that the safety belt reminder,safety belts, buckles, latch plates,and retractors, are all workingproperly. Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom performing properly. See yourdealer to have it repaired. Torn orfrayed safety belts may not protectyou in a crash. They can rip apartunder impact forces. If a belt is tornor frayed, have it replacedimmediately.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 106.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care 0 67.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.



{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse safety belt webbing onlywith mild soap and lukewarmwater. Allow the webbing to dry.

Safety belts should be properlycared for and maintained.

Safety belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary exterior hard surfacesand safety belt webbing may belightly cleaned with mild soap andwater. Ensure there is not excessivedust or debris in the mechanism.If dust or debris exists in the systemplease see the dealer. Parts mayneed to be replaced to ensureproper functionality of the system.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies and safety beltguides inspected or replaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 106.



Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbags

are also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 71.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe safety belts. Everyone in the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear the safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The safety belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective when

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

you are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 80 orInfants and Young Children 0 81.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster whichshows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 106.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be kept

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

clear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 69.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine the

severity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.



In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break out

of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 70.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 71.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal and seat-mountedside impact airbags inflate, theyquickly deflate, so quickly that somepeople may not even realize theairbags inflated. Some componentsof the airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 70.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problems

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

for people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. You can lock the doors,and turn off the interior lamps andhazard warning flashers by usingthe controls for those features.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, the

airbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 336and Event DataRecorders 0 336.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag system.Improper service can mean thatthe airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the instrument panelwhen the vehicle is started.



United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbol for on and off, will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF, or the symbol foron or off, will be visible. SeePassenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 107.

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand safety belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly-seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag should beallowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Rear-facing child restraints shouldnot be transported in the vehicle,even if the airbag is off.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off thepassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,the off indicator will light and stay lit

as a reminder that the airbag is off.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 107.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbag to beenabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbag is active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag, depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints shouldwear a safety beltproperly—whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 106 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag ifthe system determines that an infantis present in a child restraint. If achild restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.



3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints 0 86.

Make sure the safety beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a safety beltlock-off. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to make

sure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbag for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the child when arear seat is not available. Never puta rear-facing child restraint in thefront seat, even if the ON indicatoris not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.



2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two to three minutesafter the on indicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 78for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion and

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

seatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 333.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if you

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

are close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal, may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing anyparts of the front seats, safety belts,the airbag sensing and diagnosticmodule, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, any of the airbag modules,front sensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger SensingSystem 0 73.



If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer AssistanceOffices 0 326.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 106.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbag

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

covering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 70. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 106.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, return to the booster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.

It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.



{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safety

restraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the safetybelts.



Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rearward-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.



For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.



Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's safetybelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle safety beltsto fit properly without a booster seat.See the safety belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 80.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle's safety belt,following the instructions thatcame with that child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.



The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)Some child restraints have a LATCHsystem. As part of the LATCHsystem, your child restraint mayhave lower attachments and/or a toptether. The LATCH system can helphold the child restraint in placeduring driving or in a crash. Somevehicles have lower and/or toptether anchors designed to secure achild restraint with lowerattachments and/or a top tether.

Some child restraints with a toptether are designed to be usedwhether the top tether is anchoredor not. Other child restraints requirethat the top tether be anchored.A national or local law may requirethat the top tether be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

Your vehicle does not have loweranchors or top tether anchors tosecure a child restraint with theLATCH system. If a national or locallaw requires that your top tether beanchored, do not use a childrestraint in this vehicle because atop tether cannot be properlyanchored. You must use the safetybelts to secure your child restraint inthis vehicle, unless a national orlocal law requires that the top tetherbe anchored. Refer to the childrestraint instructions andinstructions in this manual forsecuring a child restraint using thevehicle's safety belts. See SecuringChild Restraints 0 86.



Securing Child RestraintsThis vehicle has airbags. Inaddition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagunder certain conditions. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 73and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 107 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facing

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

child restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, no system is fail-safe. Noone can guarantee that an airbagwill not deploy under someunusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 73 for additional information.

Rear-facing child restraints shouldnot be installed in the vehicle, evenif the airbag is off.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.



When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, the off indicator on thepassenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 107.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

Remove the safety belt fromthe guide by sliding thewebbing through the openingon the guide. Do not secure thechild restraint with the safetybelt routed through the guide.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle’s safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that thesafety belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbag is off, the off indicator inthe passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint ” under PassengerSensing System 0 73.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.

If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

Return the safety belt into the guideby sliding the webbing through theopening on the guide.


Storage 89

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 89Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 89Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 91

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Press the button to lower the displayand access the storage behind it.

There is a USB port in the upper leftcorner. See “Audio Players” in theinfotainment manual.

Press the button again to raise thedisplay and close the storage area.

The storage area cannot beoperated when Valet Mode,if equipped, is enabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

Keep the storage area closed whennot in use.

Glove Box


90 Storage

To open, press the button.If equipped, the glove box lockswhen Valet Mode is enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Cupholders

Press the top of the cover to accessthe cupholders. There is aremovable divider.

Rear Storage

Caution

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in the rear storagecompartments located in thehatch/trunk area. The objectscould damage the underside ofthe hatch/trunk.

Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar

There is storage on the driver sidein the floor of the hatch/trunk area.Pull up to open the cover.

Rear Trunk Partition

If equipped with a convertible top,there is a trunk partition to keepcargo from getting in the way of theconvertible top. The trunk partitionmust be in place for the convertibletop to move. If the trunk partition isnot properly in place, a message willdisplay and a noise will be heard.See Convertible TopMessages 0 123.

Convertible Only

Pull the divider up and snap it intoplace on both sides of the trunk.


Storage 91

The trunk partition is a flat carpetedboard with a horizontal flap that canbe attached to the top of the trunk toprovide additional storage space.

With the convertible top up, thetrunk partition can be unsnappedand laid flat to increase trunk cargospace.

Center Console Storage

Caution

The area inside the console canget hot. Do not store items thatcan be damaged by heat.

To open, press the button on thedriver side.

Depending on the options, theremay be two USB ports and anaccessory outlet inside. See PowerOutlets 0 96 and “Audio Players” inthe infotainment manual.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo CoverIf equipped, the cargo coverprovides hidden storage in the reararea of the vehicle. The cover alsoblocks glare from the removableroof panel when it is stored in therear compartment.

The cargo cover has two pieces: aflat and an L-shaped piece.

Attaching the Flat Cargo Cover


92 Storage

Attach the elastic loops on the fourcorners of the cargo cover to thehooks on the front and rear cornersof the hatch.

Attaching the L-Shaped CargoCover

1. Attach the plastic loops on thecover to the tie-downs on thefloor (1) and to the sidepanels (2).

2. Attach the rear loops on thecover to the hooks on the sidepanels (3).

Do not use the cargo cover hooksand tie-downs to secure anythingbut the cargo cover. They are notdesigned for heavy loads.

Cargo Tie-DownsThe cargo tie-downs can be used tosecure small loads under the cargonet inside the trunk.

Cargo Net

If equipped, unfold the cargo netand fasten the front hooks (1) to thefront tie-downs in the cargo area.

Pull the net over any items loadedonto the floor and fasten the rearhooks (2) to the rear tie-downs.

Convenience Net

The vehicle may have aconvenience net to be used forsmall loads. Attach the net to thehooks on the rear of the storagearea. The net should not be used tostore heavy loads.


Instruments and Controls 93

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 94Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 94Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 94Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Boost Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 106Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 106Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 108Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 108

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Gear Shifting Light (Canadaand Mexico Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Traction Control System (TCS)/Electronic Stability ControlLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Electronic Stability Control(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 113Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 113Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 114Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 114Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 115Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 115Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 117

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Brake System Messages . . . . . 122Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 123Convertible Top Messages . . . 123Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 124Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 124Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 125Engine Power Messages . . . . . 126Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 126Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 126Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Airbag System Messages . . . . 129Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 129Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 129Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Transmission Messages . . . . . . 131


94 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 132Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 132Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 132

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 139Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.

Both the tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn positions can be stored withyour memory settings. See MemorySeats 0 58.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

HornPress near or on the horn symbolson the steering wheel pad to soundthe horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the windshield wiper lever toselect the wiper speed.



HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

nL : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray washerfluid and activate the wipers. Thewipers will continue until the lever isreleased or the maximum wash timeis reached. When the lever isreleased, additional wipes mayoccur depending on how long thewindshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 246for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 251.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the center stack. Thecompass receives its heading andother information from the GlobalPositioning System (GPS) antenna,Electronic Stability Control, andvehicle speed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when a



GPS signal is restored and providea heading again. See CompassMessages 0 123 for the messagesthat may be displayed for thecompass.

ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See “Home Page” in theinfotainment manual for informationabout how to use the menu system.

Setting the Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, touchthe SETTINGS infotainmentdisplay button and touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Time and touch + or− to increase or decreasehours, minutes, and AM or PM.Touch 12Hr or 24Hr for 12 or24 hour clock.

3. Touch } to go back to theprevious menu.

If auto timing is set, the timedisplayed on the clock may notupdate immediately when drivinginto a new time zone.

To set the date:

1. Touch the SETTINGSinfotainment display button andtouch Time and Date.

2. Touch Set Date and touch + or− to increase or decreasemonth, day, or year.


To set the clock display:

1. Touch the SETTINGSinfotainment display button andtouch Time and Date.

2. Touch Clock Display and touchOFF or ON to turn the clockdisplay off or on.


Power OutletsUse the accessory power outlet toplug in electrical equipment, such asa cell phone or MP3 player.

There are three accessory poweroutlets:

. In front of the cupholder. Openthe door compartment to access.

. Inside the center consolestorage compartment.

. In the rear compartment.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

The power outlets in front of thecupholder and inside the centerconsole storage compartment arepowered when the ignition is in ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY,or until the driver door is openedwithin 10 minutes of turning off thevehicle. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 186.

The rear compartment power outletis powered at all times. Thevehicle’s battery may run down ifthe power outlet is used while theignition is in Stopping the Engine/



OFF. Use this power outlet forplugging in the battery maintainer,if equipped.

{ Warning

Power is always supplied to thetrunk outlet. Do not leaveelectrical equipment plugged inwhen the vehicle is not in usebecause the vehicle could catchfire and cause injury or death.

Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.

Certain electrical accessories maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and could

overload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 217.

It is recommended that a qualifiedtechnician or dealer be seen for theproper installation of yourequipment.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

English Sport Theme Shown, Metric and Other Themes Similar



English Z06 Sport Theme Shown, Metric and Other Themes Similar



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

There are four instrument clusterdisplay configurations to choosefrom: Link to Drive Mode, Sport,Track, and Tour. The style of thecenter of the instrument cluster willchange depending on the themeselected. If Link to Drive Mode ischosen, the cluster configuration willchange to match the setting on thedriver mode control on the console.See Driver Mode Control 0 201.If Weather or Eco are selected withthe driver mode control, the clusterwill display the Tour theme.

Sport

Includes a circular tachometercentered in the display. The DIC iscontained within the tachometer

ring. Additionally, there are twoconfigurable pocket gauges in thelower left and right corners.

Track

Includes an asymmetric tachometerwith prominent red-line markingsand a lap timer that shows thecurrent, previous, and best lap.

Tour

Includes a partial tachometer ring.The DIC is contained within thetachometer ring. There is also anarea used to display icons orimages for the DIC or phonecontacts.

The instrument cluster displayconfiguration is selected through thecluster menu. See “Settings” under“Cluster Menu” following.

Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.



Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o to access the cluster

applications. Usew orx to scrollthrough the list of applications.

. Info. This is where you can viewthe Driver Information Center(DIC) displays. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 115.

. Performance

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation (If Equipped)

. Settings

Performance

Press SEL to enter the Performancemenu. Usew orx to scrollthrough the available items.

G-force : Gives the driver anindication of the vehicleperformance in cornering. TheG-force is displayed in the center ofthe DIC as a numerical value.

Friction Bubble : A four quadrantvisual display, indicative of the fourcorners of the car, with a “bubble”showing where the most inertia isbeing exerted on the vehicle.

Performance Timer : Press pwhen Performance Timer isdisplayed to enter the menu.Press p while Set Start Speed is

highlighted then usew orx toenter the start speed. Press SEL tosave it. Press p while Set End

Speed is highlighted then useworx to enter the end speed. PressSEL to save it. After the start andend speeds have been entered,

press o to set the Sport display tothe set speeds and the performancetimer is ready to use. On the nextacceleration, the performance timewill record the time. To reset thetimer, highlight Reset on theperformance timer menu andpress SEL.

Lap Timer (If equipped) : Press pwhen Lap Timer is displayed tostart, stop, or reset the lap timer.A stopwatch icon will be displayedwhen the lap timer is active. PressSEL while the Lap Timer page isactive to start the timer. If the lamptimer is active, pressing SEL on anypage will stop the current lap timerand start a new lap. Also, pressingand holding SEL on any page willstop the lap timer.

Coolant Temperature (Z06 only) :Shows the current coolanttemperature in either degreesCelsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Oil Temperature : Shows thecurrent oil temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).



Oil Pressure : Shows the current oilpressure in either kilopascal (kPa) orin pounds per square inch (psi).

Battery Voltage : Shows thecurrent battery voltage.

Transmission FluidTemperature : Shows thetemperature of the transmission fluidin either degrees Celsius (°C) ordegrees Fahrenheit (°F).

Tire Temperature : Shows tiretemperature status as either Cold,Warm, or Hot. Warm is typical fornormal driving while Hot is typicalfor aggressive driving. Unknownmay be displayed if tire temperatureinformation is unavailable.

eLSD and Wheel Slip : Displayswhen the Electronic Limited-SlipDifferential (eLSD) is active andintervening with the vehicle’s normaloperation. The display also displaysslip percentage in a range of low,medium, and high. See Limited-SlipDifferential (Stingray without Z51Only) 0 208 or Limited-SlipDifferential (Z06, Grand Sport, andStingray with Z51) 0 208.

Audio

While the audio app is open, useworx to change the radio station orseek to the next or previous track,depending on the current audiosource. Press SEL to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menubrowse for music, select from thefavorites, or change the audiosource.

Phone

Press SEL to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recentcalls, or scroll through contacts.If there is an active call, mute orunmute the phone or switch tohandset or hands-free operation.

Navigation

If equipped, press SEL to enter theNavigation menu. Displays a map orturn by turn directions. If there is noactive route, press p to resume thelast route and turn the voiceprompts on/off. If there is an active

route, press SEL to cancel routeguidance or turn the voice promptson/off.

Settings

Press SEL to enter the Settingsmenu. Usew orx to scrollthrough items in the Settings menu.

Units : Press p while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose US or Metric units bypressing SEL while the desired itemis highlighted.

Display Theme : Press p to enterthe Display Theme menu. Selectfrom Link to Drive Mode, Track,Sport, or Tour for the cluster theme.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press p when Speed Warning isdisplayed. Enable the speedwarning and then usew orx toadjust the value. Press SEL to setthe speed. Once the speed is set,this feature can be turned off bypressing SEL while viewing this



page. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed with a chime.

Pocket Gauges : Press p whilePocket Gauges is displayed to enterthe menu and select gauges thatcan be displayed for the Sporttheme on the left or right of thedisplay area. Choose from OilPressure Gauge, Oil TemperatureGauge, Battery Voltage,Transmission Fluid TemperatureGauge, Horsepower, or a blankgauge.

Software Info : Press p whileSoftware Info is highlighted todisplay open source softwareinformation.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 115.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be covered

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

by the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.

Fuel Gauge

Metric



English

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is stilla little fuel left, but the fuel tankshould be filled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Boost Gauge

Metric



English

This gauge indicates vacuum duringlight to moderate throttle and boostunder heavier throttle.

It displays the air pressure level inthe intake manifold before it entersthe engine's combustion chamber.

The gauge is automatically centeredat zero every time the engine isstarted. Actual vacuum or boost isdisplayed from this zero point.Changes in ambient pressure, suchas driving in mountains andchanging weather, will slightlychange the zero reading.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric

English

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the gauge pointer moves to thehigh end, the engine is too hot.

This reading indicates the samething as the warning light. It meansthat the engine coolant hasoverheated. If the vehicle has beenoperating under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible. See EngineOverheating 0 244 for moreinformation.



Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light on the instrumentpanel cluster.

When the vehicle is started this lightflashes and a chime may come onto remind passengers to fasten theirsafety belt. Then the light stays onsolid until the belt is buckled. Thiscycle continues several times if thepassenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop or other

electronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe safety belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see AirbagSystem 0 69.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.



{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.See Airbag SystemMessages 0 129.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 73 for importantsafety information. The passengerairbag status indicator is on theinstrument panel.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, afterseveral more seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol, to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag isallowed to inflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 106 for more information,including important safetyinformation.



Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.It should go out when the engine isstarted.

If the light stays on or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) alsodisplays a message. See BatteryVoltage and ChargingMessages 0 122.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Only Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 182.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 220.



If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 215.

The diagnostic system candetect if the adapter has beenleft installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeFuel 0 213.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 217. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is in ServiceOnly Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine driving



before the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a base brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system or anothersystem. A message may alsodisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Brake SystemMessages 0 122.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.



Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

The service electric parking brakelight should come on briefly whenstarting the vehicle. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parkingbrake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,but should be taken to a dealer assoon as possible. See ElectricParking Brake 0 197. If a messagedisplays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), see Brake SystemMessages 0 122.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe antilock brakes are notfunctioning.

If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's antilock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourdealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 110 and Brake SystemMessages 0 122.

Gear Shifting Light(Canada andMexico Only)

This light comes on when a gearshift is recommended for best fueleconomy. When the arrow is pointedup, an upshift is recommended.When the arrow is pointed down, adownshift is recommended. Thenumber displayed with the arrowindicates the recommended gear.



Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/Stability Controlbutton.

This light and the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) OFF light come onwhen ESC is turned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


Traction Control System(TCS)/Electronic StabilityControl Light

If equipped, the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) or TCS indicator/warning light comes on briefly whenthe engine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the ESCsystem have been disabled.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theESC system is actively working.


Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when the ESCsystem is turned off. If ESC is off,the Traction Control System (TCS)is also off.

If the ESC and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe ESC systems and the warninglight turns off.




Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally theindicator light goes off.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating 0 244.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens, pull over and turnoff the engine as soon as possible.See Engine Overheating 0 244.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. See Tire Messages 0 130.Stop as soon as possible, and

inflate the tires to the pressure valueshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 270.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 274.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating range

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

and the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicle

serviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See ImmobilizerOperation 0 41.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 143.



Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 142.

Cruise Control Light

For vehicles with cruise control, thecruise control light is white when thecruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise controlis set and active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 209.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched. Beforedriving, check that all doors areproperly closed.

Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info application. See InstrumentCluster 0 98. The Info application isonly available when the vehicle is inON/RUN/START. The displays showthe status of many vehicle systems.The controls for the DIC are on theright steering wheel control.

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.



o or p : Press o to openapplication menus on the left.Press p to open interaction menuson the right.

SEL : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info displays.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

Current Speed : Displays thevehicle speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

Trip A or B/Average FuelEconomy/Average Speed : Tripdisplays the current distancetraveled, in either kilometers (km) ormiles (mi), since the trip odometerwas last reset. The trip odometercan be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Average Fuel Economy displays theapproximate average liters per100 kilometers (L/100 km) or milesper gallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The Average FuelEconomy can be reset by pressingand holding SEL while this displayis active.

Average Speed displays theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Fuel Range/Instantaneous FuelEconomy : Fuel Range displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when the

vehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Instantaneous Fuel Economydisplays the current fuel economy ineither liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number reflectsonly the approximate fuel economythat the vehicle has right now andchanges frequently as drivingconditions change.

This display may also show thenumber of cylinders the vehicle isrunning on. See Active FuelManagement® 0 188.

Oil Life : Displays an estimate ofthe oil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages 0 125.The oil should be changed as soon



as possible. See Engine Oil 0 230.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 307.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not reset the Oil Lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,press and hold SEL for severalseconds while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 235.

Tire Pressure : Displays theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 273 and TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 274.

Best Average Fuel Economy :Displays the average fuel economy,the best fuel economy over theselected distance, and a bar graphshowing instantaneous fueleconomy. Press p to change theselected distance.

Fuel Used/Timer : Displays theapproximate liters (L) orgallons (gal) of fuel that have beenused since last reset. The fuel usedcan be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

This display can also be used asa timer. To start/stop the timer,press p while this display is activeand then SEL to start/stop the timer.The display will show the amount oftime that has passed since the timerwas last reset. To reset the timer tozero, press and hold SEL or use pto access the menu while thisdisplay is active.

ECO Index : Aids the driver indetermining how efficiently they aredriving.

This display may also show thenumber of cylinders the vehicle isrunning on. See Active FuelManagement® 0 188.

Speed Limit : Displays signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the onboardnavigation.

Engine Hours/Lifetime Revs :Displays the total number of hoursthe engine has run. It also showstotal engine revolutions divided by10,000.

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright,or too high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.



If equipped with HUD, someinformation concerning theoperation of the vehicle is projectedonto the windshield.

The HUD information appears as animage focused out toward the frontof the vehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD imageas a parking aid, you maymisjudge the distance anddamage your vehicle. Do not usethe HUD image as a parking aid.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in various languages. Thespeedometer reading and othernumerical values can be displayedin either English or metric units.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed throughthe instrument cluster. See VehiclePersonalization 0 132 and “Settings”under Instrument Cluster 0 98.

The HUD may display differentalerts and information for vehiclesequipped with these features:

. Speedometer

. Tachometer

. Manual Transmission Gear (IfEquipped)

. Manual Paddle Shift GearIndicator (If Equipped)

These displays on the HUD arefor use when using the manualpaddle shift controls to shift thetransmission. See “ManualPaddle Shift” in AutomaticTransmission 0 189.

. Shift Light

This light is used forperformance driving to indicatethat the vehicle's bestperformance level has beenreached to shift the transmissioninto the next higher gear. Anarrow pointing up will light up onthe display just prior to reachingthe engine fuel cut-off mode.

. G-Force Gauge

. Audio Information

. Upcoming Maneuver fromOnBoard Navigation

. Upcoming Maneuver fromOnStar

. Incoming Call

The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel on the instrumentpanel.

To adjust the HUD image so thatitems are properly displayed:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

3. Adjust the following HUDsettings as needed.

$ : Press down or lift up to adjustthe vertical position of the HUDimage in the windshield.



! : Press to select the displayview. Each press will cause thedisplay view to change to the nextview. If vehicle messages aredisplayed, pressing the DIC selectbutton may clear the message. SeeDriver Information Center(DIC) 0 115.

D : Lift up and hold to brightenthe display. Press down and hold todim the display. Hold down to turnthe display off.

The HUD image will automaticallydim and brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUDbrightness control can also beadjusted as needed.

The HUD image can temporarilylight up depending on the angle andposition of the sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.

Polarized sunglasses could makethe HUD image harder to see.

Display Views

There are several HUD views thatcan be displayed:

English

Metric

Tour : Displays the vehicle speed,gear position, shift indicator, anddriver mode.

English

Metric

Sport : Displays the vehicle speed,a circular tachometer, gear position,shift indicator, and G-Force meter.

English



Metric

Track : Displays the vehicle speed,a linear tachometer, gear position,shift lights, and G-Force meter.

English

Metric

Timing : Displays a lineartachometer, gear position, shiftlights, and performance or lap timer.The performance or lap timer

content displayed depends on whichfeature is currently in use in theinstrument cluster. See InstrumentCluster 0 98.

Interrupts

The interrupt information temporarilydisplays in any HUD view. Oncedisplayed, HUD returns to theprevious HUD view. Interrupts mayinclude:

. Audio Information

. Navigation Turn-by-TurnInformation

. Incoming Call Information

. Vehicle Alerts

English

Metric

Audio : May display when a newsource, radio station, or media typeis selected.

English

Metric

Navigation : Turn-by-turnnavigation information may bedisplayed when Navigation is activeand an upcoming maneuver is



pending. It appears until themaneuver is complete and then theHUD display returns to theprevious view.

English

Metric

Phone : May display when anincoming call is received from eitherOnStar or a Bluetooth connectedphone. It appears momentarily untilthe call is answered or ignored.

English

Metric

Vehicle Alerts : Alerts can bedismissed in the instrument cluster.All alerts are not displayed inthe HUD.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshield toremove any dirt or film that couldreduce the sharpness or clarity ofthe HUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipethe lens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

Check that:

. Nothing is covering theHUD lens.

. HUD brightness setting is nottoo dim or too bright.

. HUD is adjusted to the properheight.

. Polarized sunglasses arenot worn.

. Windshield and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. See WindshieldReplacement 0 252.



Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may display one after theother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SEL. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed. All messages should betaken seriously and clearing themessages does not correct theproblem.

The following are some of thevehicle messages that may bedisplayed depending on the vehiclecontent.

Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the batteryvoltage is dropping beyond areasonable point. The battery saversystem starts reducing features ofthe vehicle that may be noticed. Atthe point that features are disabled,this message displays. Turn offunnecessary accessories to allowthe battery to recharge.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. See Battery -North America 0 248.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message is displayed whenthere is a fault in the batterycharging system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid 0 247.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed if theElectric Parking Brake is on whilethe vehicle is in motion. See ElectricParking Brake 0 197.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message may be displayedwhen there is a problem with thebrake boost assist system. Whenthis message is displayed, the brakeboost assist motor might be heardoperating and you might noticepulsation in the brake pedal. This isnormal under these conditions. Takethe vehicle to your dealer forservice.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed whenthere is a problem with the parkingbrake. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.



STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message is displayed if youattempt to release the ElectricParking Brake without the brakepedal applied. See Electric ParkingBrake 0 197.

Compass MessagesDashes may be displayed if thevehicle temporarily losescommunication with the GlobalPositioning System (GPS).

Convertible TopMessagesThe following messages are forvehicles with a powerconvertible top.

ATTACH TRUNK PARTITIONTO OPERATE TOP

This message displays and a soundwill be heard if the trunk partition isnot in place. Open the hatch/trunkand make sure the trunk partition issecure and no objects are on thetrunk partition.

BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO LOW– TOP DISABLED

This message displays when thebattery voltage is too low to operatethe convertible top.

CLOSE TRUNK TO MOVE TOP

This message displays if the trunk isopen while you are trying to operatethe convertible top. Make sure thetrunk is closed before operating theconvertible top.

FOLDING TOP MOTIONCOMPLETE

This message displays when the topsuccessfully completes an open/close cycle.

FOLDING TOP NOT SECURECOMPLETE TOP MOTION

This message occurs if the top isnot secure. Several beeps willsound. Complete the power open orpower close cycle for the top. If it isnot possible to move the top to afully open or fully closed position,

make sure that all objects are clearof the path of the top systemcomponents.

ONLY MANUAL OPERATIONOF TOP POSSIBLE

This message indicates that theposition of the top cannot be fullydetermined by the power convertibletop controls. Try moving the top inthe other direction. This messagewill also be displayed if a fault isdetected by the convertible topcontrols. See “Manual Movement ofTop” under Convertible Top 0 50.

REDUCE VEHICLE SPEED TOOPERATE TOP

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed exceeds or isapproaching the convertible topspeed cut off.

TEMPERATURE TOO LOW –TOP DISABLED

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when the powerconvertible top switch is pressedand it is too cold to operate thepower convertible top. Move the



vehicle to a warmer location andwait for the vehicle temperature torise. This may take several hoursdepending on the initial vehicletemperature and the temperature ofthe new location.

TOP NOT SECURE

This message displays when thepower convertible top is notcompletely opened or closed. Pressand hold the convertible top switchuntil the top is fully opened orclosed. This is indicated by theFOLDING TOP MOTIONCOMPLETE message beingdisplayed and an audible indicator.

TOP POWERING DOWNCOMPLETE TOP MOTION

This message displays when thepower convertible top can no longerhold the top in an intermediateposition. Top system componentsmay move during this time based onexternal forces. Keep objects clearfrom the normal path of movementfor the top system components.

TOP SYSTEM OVERHEATED,PLEASE WAIT

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when the powerconvertible top switch is pressedand the power convertible top pumpmotor temperature is overheated.Wait for the power convertible toppump motor to cool down beforeusing the power convertible top.

VALET SWITCH ACTIVE – TOPDISABLED

This message displays when ValetMode is active. See “Valet Mode (IfEquipped)” under VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

Cruise Control Messages

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control is set and shows thespeed it was set to. See CruiseControl 0 209.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will display onthe DIC showing which door isopen. If the vehicle has been shiftedout of P (Park), a DOOR OPENmessage will also be displayed.If the shift lever is in M (ManualMode), the DOOR OPEN messagewill display if the vehicle starts tomove. Close the door completely.

HOOD OPEN

This message will display along witha hood open symbol when the hoodis open. Close the hood completely.

TRUNK OPEN

This message will display along witha symbol when the trunk is open.Close the trunk completely.



Engine Cooling SystemMessages

A/C OFF DUE TO HIGHENGINE TEMP

This message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature.To avoid added strain on a hotengine, the air conditioningcompressor automatically turns off.When the coolant temperaturereturns to normal, the airconditioning compressor turns backon. The vehicle can continue to bedriven.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

ENGINE OVERHEATING —IDLE ENGINE

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature is toohot. Stop and allow the vehicle toidle until it cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —TURN VEHICLE OFF

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil, besure to reset the Oil Life System.See Engine Oil Life System 0 235,Driver Information Center (DIC)0 115, Engine Oil 0 230, andMaintenance Schedule 0 307.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil levelmay be too low. Check the oil levelbefore filling to the recommendedlevel. If the oil is not low and thismessage remains on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service.See Engine Oil 0 230.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINE

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possible,turn off the engine, and do notoperate it until the cause of the lowoil pressure has been corrected.Check the oil as soon as possibleand have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer.



UPSHIFT NOW, ENGINEPROTECTION ACTIVE

This message indicates the enginecontrols have taken action toprevent an oil starvation condition.This may reduce the availableengine power, or on automatictransmission equipped vehiclesforce an upshift to a higher gear.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affectthe vehicle's ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reducedspeed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

Key and Lock Messages

# KEYS PROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.

NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE

This message displays when tryingto start the vehicle if an RKEtransmitter is not detected. The

transmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.

NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKETO RESTART

This message displays if the RKEtransmitter is no longer detected inthe vehicle. Press the brake pedalto restart the vehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.



Lamp Messages

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLON/OFF

This message is displayed when theautomatic light control has beenturned on or off. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 144.

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message is displayed if theturn signal has been left on. Turn offthe turn signal.

Ride Control SystemMessages

STABILITRAKCOMPETITIVE MODE

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when the CompetitiveDriving mode is selected. Theinstrument cluster light will be onwhen the Competitive Driving modeis selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. The Traction ControlSystem (TCS) will not be operatingwhile in the Competitive Driving

mode. Adjust your drivingaccordingly. See CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 205, including the“Launch Control” information.

MAXIMUM SPEED 129 km/h(80MPH)

This message displays when amalfunction is present in theMagnetic Ride Control system. Thevehicle speed will be limited to avalue determined by the vehiclewhen the shock absorber systemhas failed and the shocks are intheir full soft mode. Have the vehicleserviced by your dealer as soon aspossible.

To acknowledge the message, pressthe SEL button. The messagereappears every 10 minutes untilthis condition changes.

PERFORMANCE TRACTIONWET ACTIVE HANDLING ON

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when this PerformanceTraction Management mode isselected. The instrument clusterlight will also be on when this modeis selected. Launch Control is

available when this mode isselected. In this mode the TractionControl and Stability Controlsystems are available but intendedfor use on wet race track conditions.Adjust your driving accordingly. Thismode is available only on Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingray with FE4– Z51 Performance Package andMagnetic Ride Control. See“Performance TractionManagement” and “Launch Control”under Competitive Driving Mode0 205 for more information aboutthe use of this mode.

PERFORMANCE TRACTIONDRY ACTIVE HANDLING ON

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when this PerformanceTraction Management mode isselected. The instrument clusterlight will also be on when this modeis selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode the TractionControl and Stability Controlsystems are available but intendedfor use on dry race track conditions.Adjust your driving accordingly. This



mode is available only on Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingray with FE4.See “Performance TractionManagement” and “Launch Control”under Competitive Driving Mode0 205 for more information aboutthe use of this mode.

PERFORMANCE TRACTIONSPORT 1 ACTIVEHANDLING ON

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when this PerformanceTraction Management mode isselected. The instrument clusterlight will also be on when this modeis selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode the TractionControl and Stability Controlsystems are available but intendedfor use on dry race track conditions.Adjust your driving accordingly. Thismode is available only on Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingray with FE4.See “Performance TractionManagement” and “Launch Control”under Competitive Driving Mode0 205 for more information aboutthe use of this mode.

PERFORMANCE TRACTIONSPORT 2 ACTIVEHANDLING OFF

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when this PerformanceTraction Management mode isselected. The instrument clusterlight will also be on when this modeis selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode the TractionControl is available but intended foruse on dry race track conditions.The Stability Control system isdisabled when this mode isselected. This mode will requiremore driver skill than modes 1–3.Adjust your driving accordingly. Thismode is available only on Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingray with FE4.See “Performance TractionManagement” and “Launch Control”under Competitive Driving Mode0 205 for more information aboutthe use of this mode.

PERFORMANCE TRACTIONRACE ACTIVE HANDLING OFF

This message displays and a soundwill be heard when this PerformanceTraction Management mode isselected. The instrument clusterlight will also be on when this modeis selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode the TractionControl is available but intended foruse on dry race track conditions.The Stability Control system isdisabled when this mode isselected. This mode will requiremore driver skill than modes 1–4.Adjust your driving accordingly. Thismode is available only on Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingray with FE4.See “Performance TractionManagement” and “Launch Control”under Competitive Driving Mode0 205 for more information aboutthe use of this mode.

REAR AXLE OFF

If this message is displayed, theElectronic Limited-Slip Differential (ifequipped) is not operational. Drivewith caution. Avoid high speeds,



aggressive driving, and sharpcornering. The system could beoverheated. Allow the system tocool. If this message remains on,see your dealer for service. Thevehicle is safe to drive, however,continue to drive with caution.

When this message is displayed,the vehicle’s handling capabilitieswill be reduced during severemaneuvers. Stability Control will beaffected. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 199.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Stability Controlsystem and the vehicle needsservice. The Stability Controlsystem light on the instrumentcluster also turns on and a soundwill be heard. See your dealer.When this message is displayed,the system is not working. Adjustyour driving accordingly. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 199.

SERVICE TRACTION SYSTEM

If this message displays when youare driving, there is a problem withthe Traction Control System (TCS)and the vehicle needs service. Seeyour dealer. When this message isdisplayed, the system will not limitwheel spin. Adjust your drivingaccordingly.

The TCS light on the instrumentcluster will also turn on and a soundwill be heard.

When this message is displayed,the computer controlled systems willnot assist the driver in controllingthe vehicle. Have the systemrepaired by your dealer as soon aspossible. Adjust your drivingaccordingly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 199.

To acknowledge the message, pressthe SEL button.

SHOCKS INOPERATIVE

This message displays when amalfunction is present in theMagnetic Ride Control system,which is causing the shocks to be intheir full soft mode. This is a

warning to the driver that the vehiclehandling may be affected. Have thevehicle serviced by your dealer assoon as possible.

To acknowledge the message, pressthe SEL button. The messagereappears every 10 minutes untilthis condition changes.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system. Seeyour dealer for service.

Security Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages

PROGRAM CLUSTER

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the instrumentcluster. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.



SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays and a chimemay sound when there may be aproblem with the power steeringsystem. If this message displaysand a reduction in steeringperformance or loss of powersteering assistance is noticed, seeyour dealer.

SERVICE REAR AXLE

If there is a problem detected withthe Electronic Limited-SlipDifferential, this message displays.When displayed, the system is notoperational and driving should beadjusted accordingly. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

When this message is displayed,the vehicle’s handling capabilitieswill be reduced during severemaneuvers. Stability Control will beaffected. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 199.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO START

This message is displayed whenattempting to start an automatictransmission equipped vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

PRESS CLUTCH TO START

This message is displayed whenattempting to start a manualtransmission equipped vehiclewithout first pressing the clutchpedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 274.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 274.

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADDAIR TO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFTREAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicatethe location of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light 0 113.



If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon aspossible. Inflate the tires by addingair until the tire pressure is equal tothe values shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tires0 262, Vehicle Load Limits 0 177,and Tire Pressure 0 270.

More than one tire pressuremessage can appear at a time. TheDIC also shows the tire pressurevalues. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 115.

Transmission Messages

1-4 SHIFT

This message displays on a manualtransmission vehicle when you canonly shift from 1 (First) to 4 (Fourth)instead of 1 (First) to 2 (Second).

PERFORMANCE SHIFTACTIVE

This message appears when thevehicle is in Sport or Track modeand either Performance AlgorithmShift/Performance Algorithm Liftfoottransmission modes have beenentered.

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays if there is aproblem with the transmission. Seeyour dealer.

SHIFT DENIED

This message displays whenattempting to shift to a gear notappropriate for the vehicle speedand engine revolutions perminute (rpm).

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thetransmission needs to be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenattempting to remove the key fromthe vehicle if the vehicle is not inP (Park).

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle to

allow the transmission to cool. Thismessage clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.

If this message is displayed duringnormal vehicle operation on flatroads, the vehicle may needservice. See your dealer for aninspection.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message is displayed when iceconditions are possible.

TURN WIPER CONTROL TOINTERMITTENT FIRST

This message is displayed whenattempting to adjust the intermittentwiper speed without intermittentselected on the wiper control. SeeWindshield Wiper/Washer 0 94.



Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than thespeed warning speed. See "SpeedWarning" under InstrumentCluster 0 98.

SPEED LIMIT SET TO XXX

This message is displayed when thespeed warning is set. See "SpeedWarning" under InstrumentCluster 0 98.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message may display when thewasher fluid level is low. Fill thewindshield washer reservoir as soonas possible. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 225 forthe location of the windshieldwasher reservoir. Also, see WasherFluid 0 246.

Window Messages

OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/PASSENGER WINDOW

This message is displayed when thewindow needs to be reprogrammed.If the vehicle's battery has beendischarged or disconnected, youmay need to program each frontwindow for the express-up feature towork. See Power Windows 0 45.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System AudioSystem Controls

To access thepersonalization menu:

1. Press SETTINGS on the HomePage on the infotainmentsystem display.

2. Press the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Press to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Press o BACK on thefaceplate or press the Backscreen button to return to theprevious menu.



Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Driving Mode

. Language (Language)

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 96.

Driving Mode

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Engine Sound Management

. Steering

Engine Sound Management

This allows the Engine SoundManagement feature to be setindependent of the driver modeselector. See Track Events andCompetitive Driving 0 164.

Select Auto (Mode Selector) orStealth, Tour, Sport, or Track.

Steering

This allows the Steering feature tobe turned on or off.

Select Auto (Mode Selector), Tour,Sport, or Track.

Language (Language)

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

The selected language will displayon the system, and voicerecognition will reflect the selectedlanguage.

Valet Mode (If Equipped)

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations (if equipped).

To enable Valet Mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock orunlock the system. Press Back to goback to the previous menu.

Radio

Press and the following maydisplay:

. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Bose Audio Pilot

. Maximum Start Up Volume



Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited.See “Manage Favorites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Press to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favorites shown.

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible TouchFeedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Bose Audio Pilot

This feature adjusts the volumebased on the noise in the vehicle.See “Bose AudioPilot NoiseCompensation Technology” under“Infotainment System Settings” inthe infotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Maximum Start Up Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume isadjusted to this level.

To set the maximum startup volume,press + or − to increase ordecrease.

Vehicle


. Climate and Air Quality

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Max Speed

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Max Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically react to temperatureand humidity conditions that maycause fogging.

Select Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

If equipped, this feature willautomatically turn on the rear defog.

Select Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror



Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored1 or 2 button positions when theignition is changed from off to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. SeeMemory Seats 0 58.

Select Off or On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously storedExit button position when exiting thevehicle. See Memory Seats 0 58.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Press + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the turn signallamps and turn on some of theexterior lamps when K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is pressed to locate thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park)with an automatic transmission orwhen the vehicle is turned off with amanual transmission.

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.



Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the ventilated seatson when using remote start onwarm days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thedoor handle sensor on the driverdoor to unlock the vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This feature can be turned on, off,or select feedback. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.



Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Press to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,select EDIT or press the EDITbutton. Type a new number, thenselect SAVE or press the SAVEbutton.

Apple CarPlay™


. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port. See“Apple CarPlay and Android Auto”under “Phone” in the infotainmentmanual.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices.Apple CarPlay must be on for thisfeature to be accessed. See “AppleCarPlay and Android Auto” under“Phone” in the infotainment manual.

Android Auto™


. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port. See“Apple CarPlay and Android Auto”under “Phone” in the infotainmentmanual.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed. See “AppleCarPlay and Android Auto” under“Phone” in the infotainment manual.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.



Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display


. Mode

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Mode

Select to change the display screenfor day or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Pressanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera


. Guidance Lines

Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. See“Guidance Lines” in AssistanceSystems for Parking orBacking 0 212.

Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.



Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 334.

The FCC Grant of EquipmentAuthorization Certificate number isNZLSAHL5B.

The Canadian Registration IDnumber is 4112A-SAHL5B.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in thedriver sun visor.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. Theseinstructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system, call1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-held



transmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remotesystem buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button untilthe indicator light changes froma slow to a rapid flash. Thenrelease both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals forCanada and Some GateOperators” later in this section.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, then

programming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, asecond button press maybe required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds andthen release it. If the garagedoor does not move or thelamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,



press and hold the samebutton a second time fortwo seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does notmove or the garage door lampdoes not flash, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process to program thetwo remaining buttons.

Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators

For questions or programming helpcall 1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency laws andsome U.S. gate operators requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds oftransmission. This may not be longenough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


142 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 142Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 145Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Battery Power Protection . . . . . 147Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

There are four positions:

O : Briefly turn to this position toturn the automatic light control off oron again. When released, thecontrol returns to the AUTOposition.

AUTO : Sets the exterior lamps toautomatic mode. AUTO mode turnsthe exterior lamps on and offdepending on how much light isavailable outside the vehicle.

To override AUTO mode, turn thecontrol to O.

To reset to AUTO mode, turn thecontrol to O and then release backto AUTO. Automatic mode alsoresets when the vehicle is turned offand then back on again if the controlis left in the AUTO position.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

The parking lamp indicator lightcomes on and stays on when theparking lamps are on with theengine off and the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime will sound if theexterior lamp control is left on ineither the headlamp or parking lampposition and the driver door isopened with the ignition off.


Lighting 143

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo use the flash-to-pass feature,briefly pull the turn signal levertoward you. The high-beamindicator flashes to indicate to theother driver that you intend to pass.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. DRL are required on allvehicles first sold in Canada.

The DRL system makes thededicated lamps come on when thefollowing conditions are met:

. It is still daylight and the ignitionis on.

. The exterior lamp control is inthe AUTO position.

. The transmission is not inP (Park) or the parking brakeis off.

When DRL are on, only the frontlamps will be on. The parkinglamps, taillamps, instrument panellights, or other exterior lamps willnot be on when the DRL arebeing used.

When it is dark enough outside, thefront lamps dim to parking lampsand the normal low-beamheadlamps turn on.

When it is bright enough outside,the regular lamps go off, and thefront DRL will take over. If thevehicle is started in a dark garage,the automatic headlamp systemcomes on immediately. Once thevehicle leaves the garage, it takesapproximately one minute for theautomatic headlamp system tochange to DRL if it is light outside.During that delay, the instrumentcluster may not be as bright asusual. Make sure the instrumentpanel brightness knob is in the fullbright position. See InstrumentPanel Illumination Control 0 146.

If it is dark enough outside and theexterior lamp control is off, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagemay display. See LampMessages 0 127.

Turning the exterior lamp control tooff a second time, or turning on theheadlamps will remove the DICmessage. If the parking lamps wereturned on instead, the DIC messagewill continue to be displayed.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.


144 Lighting

To turn off the DRL, turn the exteriorlamp control to the off position orshift into P (Park). The DRL will stayoff until the control is toggled againor the vehicle is shifted out ofP (Park).

This procedure applies only tovehicles first sold in the UnitedStates.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps and parkinglamps come on automatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor, otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps and parking lamps whendriving through a parking garage ortunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 146.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps and parking lampswill turn off or may change toDaytime Running Lamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

To turn automatic headlamp systemback on, turn the band to O again,then release it.

If the automatic headlamp systemhas the headlamps turned on andyou turn the ignition off, theheadlamps will turn off. When thedriver door is opened theheadlamps and parking lamps willilluminate for a period of time.

The length of the delayedillumination period can be changed.See “Exit Lighting” under VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon and the exterior lamp control is inAUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lamps willcome on. The time it takes for the


Lighting 145

lamps to turn on depends on thewiper speed. When the wipers areturned off, the lamps turn off. Todisable, move the exterior lampcontrol to O or;.

Hazard Warning Flashers

The hazard warning flashers warnothers that you have a problem. Thebutton is near the center of theinstrument panel.

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. Press again to turn theflashers off.

The hazard warning flashers workno matter what mode the ignition isin, even if the ignition is turned off.

When the hazard warning flashersare on, the turn signals willnot work.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is complete. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, the

turn signal flashes three times.If more flashes are desired,continue to hold the lever.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrows flash rapidly ordo not come on, a turn signalindicator light failure may haveoccurred.

If a turn signal has failed, the lampmay need to be replaced. See yourdealer.

Turn Signal on Chime

A chime sounds if the turn signalhas been on for more than 1.2 km(0.75 mi) of driving.

If you need to leave the turn signalon for more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi),turn off the signal and then turn itback on.


146 Lighting

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The knob for this feature is on theleft side of the instrument panel.

Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to brighten or dimthe instrument panel lights at night.Turn the knob completely clockwiseto turn on the interior lights.

Courtesy LampsWhen any door or the hatch/trunk isopened, the interior lamps willcome on.

The rear compartment lights onlycome on when the rearcompartment is opened.

To turn the courtesy lamps on or off,turn the instrument panel brightnessknob completely clockwise orcounterclockwise.

Reading Lamps

The reading lamps are in theoverhead console. The lamps go onwhen a door is opened. When thedoors are closed, press the lampbuttons to turn on each lamp.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps turn on brieflyat night, or in areas with limitedlighting, when K is pressed on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. When the driver door isopened, all control lights, DriverInformation Center (DIC) lights, anddoor pocket lights turn on. Afterabout 30 seconds the exterior lampsturn off, and then the dome andremaining interior lamps dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by changing the ignitionout of the OFF position, or bypressing Q on the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps come on atnight, or in areas with limitedlighting, when the driver door isopened after the ignition is turnedoff. The dome lamp comes on after


Lighting 147

the ignition is changed to the OFFposition. The exterior lamps anddome lamp remain on after the dooris closed for a set amount of time,then automatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Battery Power ProtectionThis vehicle has a feature to helpprevent the battery from beingdrained in case any of the followinglamps are left on: vanity mirrorlamps, cargo lamps, reading lamps,or glove box lamps. If any of theselamps are left on, they willautomatically time-out after about10 minutes. To reset it, the ignitionmust be turned on.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be inthe ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.


148 Infotainment System

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)If equipped, the PDR icon displayson the Home page.

Important Information

Use of the PDR may be prohibitedor legally restricted in certaincountries and situations. Ensurecompliance with applicable laws andregulations, including, but notlimited to: privacy laws, laws relatedto camera surveillance andrecordings, road traffic and securitylaws, and laws on the protection ofpublicity and personality rights.

. Do not use the PDR if it causesdistraction.

. Do not rely on camera footage tosteer the vehicle.

. Comply with any notice andconsent requirements beforecapturing and/or recording thevoices or images of otherpersons or before collectingother personal data.


Infotainment System 149

. Notify other drivers of yourvehicle of the above rules andrequire them to comply.

. General Motors does not acceptany responsibility or liability inconnection with use that is notpermitted.

. Law enforcement authoritiesmay have the right to seizevideo recordings and use themas evidence of criminal/drivingoffenses against you or thirdparties.

The PDR records video, audio, andvehicle data. This data is stored ona removable SD card in theglove box.

The recorded data is not storedanywhere else and is onlyaccessible from the SD card.

To begin, insert a FAT32 formattedSD card, Class 10 required, 8, 16,or 32 GB recommended, into theglove box SD card reader.

Touch the PDR icon to access thePDR menu. The optionsdisplayed are:

Start Recording

If the system is unable to beginrecording, the Start Recordingbutton is grayed out.

Touch Start Recording to beginrecording. After recording begins,this button changes to StopRecording. Touch to stop therecording session.

The recording must be stopped andthe file closed before removing theSD card, or the recording cannot bereviewed.

The elapsed time will show whenrecording. To define a finish line,see “Define Finish Line” later in thissection.

If there is no available space on theSD card, a message displays.Delete or transfer recordings on theSD card or use another SD cardwith free space.



To delete a recording, go to theRecorded Sessions menu and touchz next to the item. See “RecordedSessions” later in this section.

If no SD card is inserted, a messagedisplays.

Define Finish Line

To track and record the vehicle’s laptimes, the starting point of a lapmust be set. Crossing this pointactivates the lap timer whenrecording.

To set the finish line, position thevehicle with the front bumper at thestart/finish point. From the PDRmenu, touch Define Finish Line andthen touch Mark Finish Line. Thiscan be done with the vehiclemoving.

Recorded Sessions

To view recorded videos, touchRecorded Sessions.

A list of recordings displays.

Select the recording to startplayback.

Touch z next to an item to deletethat recording. Touch Yes to deleteor No to cancel on the confirmationscreen. Touch Dismiss to exit.

Video playback is not allowed whilethe vehicle is in motion.

Tap on the screen while the video isplaying to display the video controls:

Video Scrubber : Changes theposition and playback. The length ofthe bar corresponds to the time ofthe video. Advance or rewind thevideo by dragging along the bar.



Delete Recording : Touch to deletethe video. A confirmation screendisplays. Touch Yes to delete or Noto cancel.

Pause/Play : Touch to play orpause the video. The button willchange when touched.

/ : Touch to display the previousscreen.

Exit : Touch to exit the currentdisplay.

Choose Video Overlay

Touch the Choose Video Overlayscreen button to display the menuscreen.

Select one:

. No Overlay

. Sport

. Track

. Performance Timing

No Overlay:

No vehicle data displays on top ofthe recorded video. Vehicle data isstill available with the video whenaccessed in the toolbox software.

Sport:

Displays these vehicle metrics:

. Vehicle Speed: Up to three digitsare displayed in km/h or MPHdepending on vehicle settings.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): The vertical line andtriangle show current RPMs. Asthe RPMs increase, the backfillfollows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Automatic and manualtransmissions display 1, 2, etc.

. Lateral G-Force Graphic: Leftand Right G-Forces aredisplayed. The graphic fills to theleft or the right depending on themeasure value. The measuredG-Force displays as a number atthe top of the graphic.

. Event Odometer: This displaysthe distance driven since therecording began.

Track:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.



. GPS Tracking Map: Shows thevehicle’s current position relativeto a known route.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): The vertical line andtriangle indicate current RPMs.As the RPMs increase, thebackfill follows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. Friction Bubble Graphic: Lateraland longitudinal G-Forces aredisplayed as a dot within abubble. A red dot displays whenthe vehicle starts braking andturns green when the vehicleaccelerates. The dot is whitewhen the vehicle is not moving.A white dot is the default.

. Brake and Throttle Graphic:Displays the percentage value ofbrake and throttle pedal positionfrom 0–100%.

. Steering Angle: The graphic fillsfrom the center to the left or rightdepending on the direction of

steering. The numerical steeringangle displays below thegraphic.

. Active Handling Active Indicator:The graphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.

. Performance TractionManagement (PTM) Mode:Displays the current PTM mode.The options are Wet, Dry, Sport1, Sport 2, or Race.

. Current Lap Time: Displays theelapsed lap time if the finish lineis defined and the vehicle hascrossed the defined finish line atleast once.

. Event Odometer: This displaysthe distance driven since therecording began.

. Drive Mode: Displays thevehicle’s current drive mode.

Performance Timing:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): Same as Sport.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. 0–100 km/h (0–60 mph), 0–200 km/h (0–100 mph), 400 m(1/4 th mi), and 0–200–0 km/h(0–100–0 mph): The timer startsrecording as soon as the vehicleaccelerates. As the vehiclepasses each speed and distancemilestone, it is displayed on theoverlay.



. Throttle Position: Displaysthe percentage of throttle appliedfrom 0–100%.

. Active Handling Active Indicator:The graphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.

Naming Convention

The recorded video file name isstored as the recorded date and thelength of the recording.

If the recorded session wasrecorded while the system was inValet Mode, the file name willdisplay the mode, date, and lengthof time.

Settings

Touch the Settings button from thePDR menu to display settings.

Valet Mode Recording : Allowsrecording preferences to beselected. It is recommended that ablank SD card be used. Availablechoices are:

. Automatically record when inValet Mode: Enables the PDR tobegin recording as soon as thevehicle is in Valet Mode.

. Overwrite existing data whenmemory full: Allows manualoverwriting of previousrecordings, one at a time startingwith the oldest, when the currentrecording requires additionalstorage to continue.

Valet Mode does not record audio.

Record Audio : Allows audio to berecorded along with video.

Audio will not record duringValet Mode.

Software Information : DisplaysPDR software information andversion numbers.

Toolbox Software : Allows for theevaluation of driver and vehicleperformance during a recordedevent. See www.Corvette.com todownload the software.


154 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver Temperature Control

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

3. A/C (Air Conditioning)

4. Air Delivery Modes

5. Defrost

6. SYNC

7. Fan Control

8. Driver and PassengerRedundant Heated andVentilated Front Seat Controls

9. Rear Window Defogger

10. Recirculation


Climate Controls 155

Passenger Temperature Control

The passenger temperature controlis below the passenger sideair vent.

On/Off System Operation

Press AUTO to turn the system on.Turn the fan control knob completelycounterclockwise to turn the fan off.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and thesetting is displayed. The AUTOindicator will turn off. Functions notmanually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if theAUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

The system operates to reach theset temperature as quickly aspossible. The AUTO control systemworks best with the windows up andthe removable roof panel installedor the convertible top up.

Manual Operation

Driver and PassengerTemperature Control : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver andpassenger.

Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the driver temperaturesetting. Pressw orx to increaseor decrease the passengertemperature setting.

SYNC : Press to link all climatezone settings to the driver settings.The SYNC indicator light will turnon. When the passengertemperature setting is adjusted, theSYNC indicator light turns off.

Fan Control : Turn the knobclockwise or counterclockwise toincrease or decrease the fan speed.Turn the knob completelycounterclockwise to turn the fan off.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Air Delivery Modes : PressY,\,[ , or- to change the direction ofthe airflow. An indicator light comeson in the selected mode button.

Changing the mode cancels theautomatic operation and the systemgoes into manual mode. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.



Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

\ : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets and the floor outlets.

- : Air is directed to the windshieldand floor outlets to clear thewindows of fog or moisture. Therecirculation mode cannot beselected while in the defog mode.

0 : Press to clear the windshieldof fog or frost more quickly. Air isdirected to the windshield and sidewindow outlets. The recirculationmode cannot be selected while indefrost mode.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning on or off. If the fan isturned off, the air conditioner will notrun and the indicator light mayturn off.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditionerruns as needed. When the indicatorlight is on, the air conditioner runsautomatically to cool the air insidethe vehicle or to dry the air asneeded to defog the windshieldfaster.

Depending on the engine speed, theair conditioning compressor mayshut off and turn on again and aslight change in A/C cooling andengine performance may benoticed. This is normal. The systemis designed to make adjustments tohelp with fuel economy while stillmaintaining the selectedtemperature.

If the A/C is turned off, automaticoperation is canceled.

/ : Press to turn onrecirculation. An indicator lightcomes on. Air is recirculated toquickly cool the inside of the vehicleor reduce the entry of outside airand odors. Recirculation mode isnot available in defrost ordefog mode.

Rear Window Defogger

= : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when theignition is in ON/RUN/START. Thedefogger turns off if the ignition is inthe ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF position.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 132.When auto rear defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 4 °C (40 °F)and below. The auto rear defoggerturns off automatically after about10 minutes.

The heated outside rearview mirrorsturn on with the rear windowdefogger and help to clear fog orfrost from the surface of the mirror.See Heated Mirrors 0 43.



If equipped with a power convertibletop, the rear window defogger andheated mirrors are automaticallydisabled when the power convertibletop is moving or down.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharpobject on the inside rear windowcan damage the antenna ordefogger. Repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Do not stick anything to the rearwindow.

z / { : If equipped. press to heator ventilate the seat. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 61.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation (If Equipped) : If remotestart is used to start the vehicle, theclimate control system will come on.The system uses the driver’sprevious settings to heat or cool theinside of the vehicle. The rearwindow defogger or heated outsiderearview mirrors, if equipped, maycome on based on cold ambient

conditions. The rear defog indicatorlight may not come on during aremote start. The heated orventilated seats may turn on if it iscold or hot outside. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 33 and Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 61,if equipped.

Sensors

The interior cabin air temperatureand solar sensor on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield monitors the solar heatand measures the initial interiorcabin temperature.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

The humidity and windshieldtemperature sensor is on thewindshield glass inside surface nearthe rearview mirror. The automaticclimate control system uses thissensor to receive information todetermine the need for defogging.

If any of these sensors are blockedor covered, the automatic climatecontrol system may not workproperly.

There is also a sensor behind thefront bumper. This sensor reads theoutside air temperature and helps tomaintain the temperature inside thevehicle. Any cover on the front ofthe vehicle could give a falsereading in the temperature.



Air VentsUse the tab on the air outlets tochange the direction of the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from the air inlets atthe base of the windshield thatmay block the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors may adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Keep the area around the baseof the instrument panel consoleand air path under the seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside of the vehicle moreeffectively.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe passenger compartment airfilter reduces dust, pollen, and otherairborne irritants from outside airthat is pulled into the vehicle.Reductions in airflow, which mayoccur more often in dusty areas,indicate that the filter may need tobe replaced. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 307.

Caution

Driving without a passengercompartment air filter in place cancause water and small particles,like paper and leaves, to bepulled into your climate controlsystem which may cause damageto it. Make sure you alwaysreplace the old filter with anew one.

The passenger compartment airfilter is on the passenger side of theengine compartment near thecoolant surge tank. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 225.

To check or replace the air filter:

1. Release the retainer clips fromthe passenger compartment airfilter cover. The PVC hosesmay need to be held out of theway briefly to access the airfilter cover.

2. Remove the cover.



3. Remove the filter and installthe new air filter.

4. Replace the filter cover.

5. Attach the retainer clips.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.


160 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 162Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 163Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Track Events and CompetitiveDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 174Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 175Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 177Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 181Front Air Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . 182Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 184Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 187Parking (ManualTransmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Active Fuel Management® . . . . 188Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 189Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Manual TransmissionManual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 194Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 197Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 199

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 201

Competitive Driving Mode . . . . 205Limited-Slip Differential(Stingray withoutZ51 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Limited-Slip Differential (Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingraywith Z51) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Driver Assistance SystemsAssistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 212

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 215Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217


Driving and Operating 161

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.



Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See SafetyBelts 0 62.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.



Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time, powerassist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See specific vehicle steeringmessages under Service VehicleMessages 0 129. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.

The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Track Events andCompetitive DrivingParticipating in track events or othercompetitive driving without followingthe instructions provided may affectthe vehicle warranty. See thewarranty manual before using thevehicle for racing or othercompetitive driving.

Refer to Competitive DrivingMode 0 205.

Be sure to follow all serviceprocedures before driving thevehicle at track events orcompetitively.

Engine Sound ManagementSetting

Caution

Do not place vehicle in EngineSound Management – Stealthmode. Damage could result toexhaust valve actuators.



Engine Oil

Caution

If the vehicle is used for trackevents and competitive driving,the engine may use more oil thanit would with normal use. Low oillevels can damage the engine.Check the oil level often andmaintain the proper level. SeeEngine Oil 0 230.

Caution

Not changing the engine oil to15W-50 may cause enginedamage. Engine oil must bechanged to 15W-50 synthetic.See Capacities andSpecifications 0 321.

Z51 Performance Package, GrandSport, and Z06 Only: Check the oillevel often during track events andcompetitive driving and keep thelevel at or near 0.5 L (0.5 qt) abovethe upper mark that shows the

proper operating range on theengine oil dipstick. After thecompetitive driving, remove excessoil so that the level on the dipstick isnot above the upper mark thatshows the proper operating range.

Stingray without Z51 PerformancePackage: Additional oil fill above theupper mark on the dipstick is notrecommended for track events orother competitive driving. Check theoil level often during racing or othercompetitive driving and keep thelevel at or near the upper mark thatshows the proper operating rangeon the engine oil dipstick. After thecompetitive driving, remove excessoil so that the level on the dipstick isnot above the upper mark thatshows the proper operating range.

After track use, change the oil backto 5W-30 for street use. See EngineOil 0 230.

Brake Fluid

Replace existing brake fluid with aqualified high performance brakefluid from a sealed container. Brakefluid with a dry boiling point >279 °C(534 °F) is qualified. If high

performance brake fluid is used,replace it with GM approved brakefluid before driving on public roads.If high performance brake fluid is inthe vehicle and the age of the brakefluid is over a month old orunknown, replace the brake fluidbefore track events and competitivedriving. Do not use silicone orDOT-5 brake fluids.

Load Limit

Z51 Performance Package Only:Limit vehicle load to the driver only,with no other cargo. Inflate tires to180 kPa (26 psi) and drive at amaximum speed of 280 km/h(174 mph).

Grand Sport and Z06 Only: Limitvehicle load to the driver only, withno other cargo. Inflate tires to180 kPa (26 psi) and drive at amaximum speed of 296 km/h(184 mph).



Wheel Alignment

Caution

Using these wheel alignmentsettings may cause excessive tirewear. Only use these wheelalignment settings for racing orcompetitive driving. Excessive tirewear is not covered under thevehicle warranty.

If the vehicle is equipped with theZ51 package, is a Z06, or is aGrand Sport, the racing andcompetitive driving wheel alignmentsettings should be set as describedhere. Alignment should beperformed by first removing washersbetween the upper control arms andframe according to the followinginstructions:

. Z51 - Remove maximum of onewasher per front upper controlarm bolt.

Remove maximum of 1 washerper rear upper control arm bolt.

. Z06 - Remove maximum of 1washer per front upper controlarm bolt.

Do not remove washers fromrear upper control arm bolts.

. Grand Sport - Do not removewashers from front upper controlarm bolts.

Do not remove washers fromrear upper control arm bolts.

Proceed by adjusting the lowercontrol arm cam bolts untilalignment is within specifications.Alignment values are targets. Seeyour dealer for tolerances.

Front (per corner)

. Caster: +7.0 degrees

. Camber: -2.0 degrees

. Toe: 0.05 degrees toe in

Rear (per corner)

. Caster: 0 degrees

. Camber: -2.0 degrees

. Toe: 0.05 degrees toe in

Thrust Angle: 0 degrees

Rear Axle Fluid

Caution

During a first time track or racingevent, high rear axletemperatures can occur. Damagecould be caused to the rear axleand would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not drive aslong or as fast the first time thevehicle is driven on the track orraced.

Axles must have 885 km (500 mi)before being used in track driving.

The rear axle fluid temperaturesmay be higher than when driving insevere conditions. Drain and refillwith new fluid after the first racing orcompetitive driving event, and thenafter every 24 hours of racing orcompetitive driving. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316.



General Information

If reduced performance isexperienced during track events orcompetitive driving, turning off theA/C will help to improve engineperformance.

Maintain a mixture of 40%DEX-COOL coolant and 60% clean,drinkable water to optimize engineperformance.

The front license plate bracket oraero panel should be removed fortrack events and competitive drivingto improve engine performance.

Rotor Cooling Ring, IfEquipped

The following installation procedureis for the Z51 PerformancePackage, and is only if the vehicle isequipped with front dual cast brakerotors along with the supplied brakecooling ring kit. See your dealer forinformation.

If the vehicle has the Z51Performance Package andequipped with a one piece brakerotor, a cooling ring is not required.

Caution

Do not leave rotor cooling ringsinstalled after a track event, asthis can cause corrosion withlong-term use. Rotor cooling ringsare for track use only. Trackdriving without the rotor coolingrings may result in brakepedal fade.

Installation:

1. Remove the front wheels.

2. Cut three 150 mm (6 in)lengths of safety wire specifiedto T304 Stainless Steel,0.041 in nominal diameter, notincluded.

3. Form each into a U shape witha 20 mm (0.75 in) flat area inthe center of the wire.

4. Place the rotor ring in the gapbetween the rotor brake plateand rotor hat, with the holes oneach side of the rotor spoke onthe outboard side of the rotor.

5. Place the U-shaped wirethrough the holes in the rotorcooling ring.

6. Bring the ends of the wire tightaround the corresponding rotorspoke.

7. Twist the safety wire into six toeight twists per 2.54 cm (1 in).

8. Bend the twisted wire so it isflush with the inside of the rotorring to prevent contact with thecaliper or brake hoses.

9. Verify that the rotor rings andsafety wire do not contact anyother components.



10. Reinstall the wheel using thespecific wheel nut torque. SeeCapacities andSpecifications 0 321.

If additional brake cooling isrequired, the grille mesh in the lowercorners of the front grille in front ofthe brake duct can be removed.This is not reversible, and areplacement grille will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.If this is done, it is recommendedthat the gap between the fascia andthe cooling duct be taped over.

Brake Burnishing

New brake pads must be burnishedbefore racing or other competitivedriving.

Caution

Performing the brake burnishprocedure on a base brakesystem can result in brakedamage.

Caution

The new vehicle break-in periodshould be completed beforeperforming the brake burnishprocedure, otherwise damagemay occur to the powertrain/engine. See New VehicleBreak-In 0 181.

Caution

Brake pedal fade will occur duringany track burnish procedure andcan cause brake pedal travel andforce to increase. This couldextend stopping distance until thebrakes are fully burnished.

When this procedure is performedas instructed, it will not damage thebrakes. The brake pads will smokeand produce an odor. The brakingforce and pedal travel may increase.After the procedure, the brake padsmay appear white at the rotorcontact.

Perform this procedure only on drypavement, in a safe manner, and incompliance with all local and stateordinances/laws regarding motorvehicle operation.

Brake Burnish Procedure (Z51Performance Package, GrandSport without Z07, and Z06without Z07 Performance Packageor Z06 without J57 CeramicBrakes)

1. Apply the brakes 25 timesstarting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to50 km/h (30 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.4 g. This is amedium brake application.Drive for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)between applying the brakes.This first step may be skippedif there are more than 320 km(200 mi) on the brake pads.

2. Repeatedly apply the brakesfrom 100 km/h (60 mph) to25 km/h (15 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.8 g. This is ahard brake application, withoutactivating the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS). Drive for atleast 1 km (0.6 mi) between



stops. Repeat until the brakepedal travel starts to increase.Depending on conditions, thisshould take no longer than 25brake applications.

3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h(60 mph) for approximately15 km (10 mi) without using thebrakes.

4. Apply the brakes 25 times from100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h(30 mph) while decelerating at0.4 g. This is a medium brakeapplication. Drive for at least1 km (0.6 mi) betweenapplications.

Street High Performance BrakeBurnishing Procedure (GrandSport and Z06 with Z07Performance Package or Z06 withJ57 Ceramic Brakes)

1. From a stop, accelerate asrapidly as possible withoutactivating traction control to aspeed of 100 km/h (60 mph).

2. Use enough pedal force tocompletely stop the vehicle infour to five seconds. If ABSactivates, braking is too hard.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 – 50times. This should take about10 minutes.

4. After completing the 50 stops,cool the brakes by driving for8 km (5 mi) at 100 km/h(60 mph).

As with all high performance brakesystems, some amount of brakesqueal is normal.

Racing/Track Brake BurnishingProcedure (Grand Sport, Z06 withZ07 Performance Package, or Z06with J57 Ceramic Brakes)

This procedure should only be runon a track and only on drypavement.

Caution

Brake pedal fade will occur duringthis track burnish procedure andcan cause brake pedal travel andforce to increase. This couldextend stopping distance until thebrakes are fully burnished.

1. Drive a normal first lap, not tooaggressively.

2. Laps 2 and 3 should begradually driven faster andmore aggressively, whileallowing for reduced brakeoutput and increased stoppingdistance due to brake fade.

3. Drive Lap 4 near full speed,while allowing for reducedbrake output and increasedstopping distance due tobrake fade.

4. Laps 5 and 6 should be cooldown laps.

5. Lap 7 should be normal drivingor an easy out lap.



Z07 Performance Package

Z06 with the Z07 PerformancePackage has installed Stage 2 andStage 3 Aero Packages, whichconsists of a front splitter with shortend caps, rocker panel extensions,and a rear spoiler.

Stage 3 Aero components aredelivered but not installed on thevehicle. These are intended to beinstalled for track use only. Thecomponents include:

. Front splitter tall end caps thatreplace the front splitter shortend caps.

. A center transparent wicker billfor the rear spoiler.

{ Warning

Changing the following tracksettings could reduce tire tractionand could cause a crash. Do notchange the track settings.

The track settings for the Z07Performance Package with theStage 3 Aero Package are:

. The front splitter tall end capsinstalled.

. The center transparent wickerbill installed all the way up onthe rear spoiler.

. The Driver Mode Selector inTrack Mode.

Stingray with PerformancePackage-Carbon Fiber (CFZ)

The Stingray with PerformancePackage-Carbon Fiber (CFZ) hasan installed aero package whichconsists of a front splitter with shortend caps, rocker panel extensions,and a rear spoiler. A centertransparent wicker bill for the rearspoiler is delivered but not installed.This is intended to be installed fortrack use only.

Front Brake Cooling Kit

The following installation procedureis for Z06 vehicles with the J56brake package and should beinstalled prior to any track events.

The cooling ducts should beinstalled prior to any track events.The cooling ducts improve brakecooling during track events.

To install the cooling ducts anddeflector:

1. Remove the front wheels.Refer to the procedure in thevehicle service manual.Steps 2, 3, and 4 are optionalon certain vehicles.

2. Remove the fastener (1) fromthe rear of the control armdeflector (2).



3. Remove the remaining threefasteners (1) from thedeflector (2).

4. Remove the deflector (2).

5. Remove the adhesive tapefrom the rubber pads andinstall them on the front airboxas shown. Allow it to dry for5 minutes.

6. Remove the adhesive tapefrom the rubber pads andinstall them on the rear airboxas shown. Allow it to dry for5 minutes.

7. Position the u-nut on theupper duct.



8. Position the rear airbox andsnap the tabs into the frontairbox around the lowercontrol arm.

9. Position the upper duct andsnap it into the tabs of the frontand rear airbox assembly.

10. Install the control arm deflectorto the upper duct using thescrew . Do not tighten atthis time.

11. Install the control arm deflectorto the lower control arm usingthe self tapping screws. Do nottighten at this time.



12. Install the two self tappingscrews to the control armthrough both sides of theairbox cavities. Do not tightenat this time.

13. Torque all five screws to 4Y(35 lb inch).

14. Repeat the procedure for theopposite side of the vehicle.

15. Install the front wheels. Referto the procedure in the vehicleservice manual.

Wheel Blocker

The following installation procedureis for Z06 vehicles with the J56brake package and should beinstalled prior to any track events.The wheel blocker helps improvethe cooling of the brake rotor.

Caution

The wheel-blocker is for track useonly. After a track event, removethe wheel-blocker and reinstallthe original splash shield. Failure

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

to reinstall the original parts maylead to damage to thewheel-blocker, noise, prematurebrake pad and rotor wear andhigh speed wet braking.

To install the wheel blocker:

1. Remove the front wheels.Refer to the procedure in thevehicle service manual.

2. Remove the brake caliper (1)from the steering knuckle. Donot disconnect the brake hose.Refer to procedure in vehicleservice manual.

3. Remove the brake rotorretaining fastener (2) and thenremove the brake rotor (3).

4. Remove the 2 splash shieldfasteners (4).

5. Remove the splash shield (5).

6. Install the wheel blocker (1).

7. Install the 3 wheel blockerfasteners (2). Torque to 10Y(89 lb inch).



8. Install the rotor (1) withfastener (2). Torque to 10Y(89 lb inch).

9. Install the caliper (1) with twofasteners (2). Torque to120Y (89 lb ft).

10. Repeat the procedure for theopposite side of the vehicle.

11. Reinstall the wheels using thespecified lug nut torque. Referto procedure in the vehicleservice manual.

12. After a track event, repeat thesteps to reinstall the originalsplash shield.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road is



wet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 262.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering. Always have theengine running and the vehiclein gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.



Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 199.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 196.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwise

clear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 328. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 188.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 199.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shifting

gears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 295.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.



{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). This label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipmenttires (3) and the recommendedcold tire inflation pressures (4).

For more information on tiresand inflation see Tires 0 262and Tire Pressure 0 270.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification label. It may showthe Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) forthe front and rear axle. See“Certification Label” later in thissection.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.



3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight forExample 1 = 181 kg(400 lbs)

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 1 =68 kg (150 lbs)

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 113 kg(250 lbs)

Example 2



3. Available Cargo Weight =45 kg (100 lbs)



Example 3



3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs)

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengersand cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the rearedge of the driver door. It mayshow the gross weight capacityof the vehicle, called the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants, fueland cargo.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.

{ Warning

Things you put inside yourvehicle can strike and injurepeople in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.

. Put things in the reararea of your vehicle. Tryto spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin your vehicle.

. When you carrysomething inside thevehicle, secure itwhenever you can.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InFollow these recommendedguidelines during the first 2 414 km(1,500 mi) of driving this vehicle.Parts have a break-in period andperformance will be better in thelong run.

For the first 322 km (200 mi):

. To break in new tires, drive atmoderate speeds and avoid hardcornering.

. New brake linings also need abreak-in period. Avoid makinghard stops. This isrecommended every time brakelinings are replaced.

For the first 800 km (500 mi):

. Avoid full throttle starts andabrupt stops.

. Do not exceed 4000 rpm.

. Avoid driving at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,including the use of cruisecontrol.

. Avoid downshifting to brake orslow the vehicle when theengine speed will exceed4000 rpm.

. Do not let the engine labor.Never lug the engine. With amanual transmission, shift to thenext lower gear. This ruleapplies at all times, not justduring the break-in period.

. After the first 800 km (500mi),change the engine oil onvehicles with the LT1 engine, theLT4 engine, the Z51 package,or the Grand Sport package.

For the first 2 414 km (1,500 mi):

. Do not participate in trackevents, sport driving schools,or similar activities.

. Check engine oil with everyrefueling and add if necessary.Oil and fuel consumption may behigher than normal.



Front Air DamIf equipped, the front air dam hasminimal ground clearance.

Under normal operation, thecomponents will occasionallycontact some road surfaces (speedbumps, driveway ramps, etc.). Thiscan be heard inside the vehicle as ascraping noise. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem.

Use care when approaching bumpsor objects on road surfaces andavoid them when possible.

Composite MaterialsThis vehicle may be equipped withparts containing carbon fiber,sheet-molding compound or othercomposite materials.Dealer-installed accessories mayalso contain composite materials.These parts and accessories mayinclude the splitter or rockerextensions.

{ Warning

Exposed edges of partscontaining carbon fiber and othercomposite materials can besharp. Contact with these partscould result in injury. Use cautionto avoid contacting these parts,including when washing thevehicle. If the parts are damaged,replace the parts promptly withreplacements from your dealer.

{ Warning

Rocker extensions may breakunder pressure, resulting inproperty damage or injury. Do notstand on the rocker extension oruse it as a step.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

Pressing the button cycles it throughthree modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START, and Stopping theEngine/OFF.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interference



to the Keyless Access system. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ON/RUN and the brakepedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press theENGINE START/STOP button onceto turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 186.

Automatic Transmission

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display amessage in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See TransmissionMessages 0 131. When the vehicleis shifted into P (Park), the ignitionsystem will switch to OFF.

Manual Transmission

If the vehicle is stationary, theignition will turn OFF, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 186.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop. Shiftto P (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with a

manual transmission. Turn theignition to Stopping theEngine/OFF.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 197.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for longer thantwo seconds, or press twice withinfive seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsthe use of some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.



With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to Stopping theEngine/OFF after five minutes toprevent battery rundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.See Starting the Engine 0 184. Theignition will then remain in ON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the button formore than five seconds will place

the vehicle in Service Only Mode.The instruments and audio systemswill operate as they do in ON/RUN,but the vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Only Mode. Press thebutton again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the EnginePlace the transmission in theproper gear.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 217.

Automatic Transmission

Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the vehiclewhen it is already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Manual Transmission

The shift lever should be in Neutraland the parking brake engaged.Hold the clutch pedal down to thefloor and start the engine.

The RKE transmitter must be insidethe vehicle for the ignition to work.

Cell phone chargers can interferewith the operation of the KeylessAccess system. Battery chargersshould not be plugged in whenstarting or turning off the engine.

To start the vehicle:

1. For vehicles with an automatictransmission, press the brakepedal, then press the ENGINESTART/STOP button on theinstrument panel. For vehicleswith a manual transmission,



press the clutch pedal first,then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

If there is no RKE transmitter inthe vehicle or if there issomething causing interferencewith it, the DIC will display amessage. See Key and LockMessages 0 126.

2. When the engine beginscranking, let go of the buttonand the engine cranksautomatically until it starts.If the battery in the RKEtransmitter is weak, the DIC willdisplay a message. The vehiclecan still be driven.

See “Starting the Vehicle with aLow Transmitter Battery” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27. If theremote transmitter battery isdead, insert it into the steeringcolumn transmitter pocket toenable engine starting. See“NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET

THEN START YOURVEHICLE” under Key and LockMessages 0 126.

3. Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

4. If the engine does not start andno DIC message is displayed,wait 15 seconds before tryingagain to let the cranking motorcool down.

If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor while cranking for upto 15 seconds maximum. Waitat least 15 seconds betweeneach try, to allow the crankingmotor to cool down. When theengine starts, let go of theaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again,

repeat these steps. This clearsthe extra gasoline from theengine.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

Stopping the Engine

If the vehicle has an automatictransmission, move the shift lever toP (Park) and press and hold theENGINE START/STOP button onthe instrument panel, until theengine shuts off. If the shift lever isnot in P (Park), the engine shuts offand the vehicle goes into theaccessory mode. The DIC displaysSHIFT TO PARK. Once the shiftlever is moved to P (Park), thevehicle turns off. If the vehicle has a



manual transmission, move the shiftlever to R (Reverse) and set theparking brake after turning off theengine by pressing and holdingENGINE START/STOP.

If the RKE transmitter is notdetected inside the vehicle when itis turned off, the DIC displays amessage.

See Key and Lock Messages 0 126.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These vehicle accessories can beused for up to 10 minutes after theengine is turned off:

. Audio System

. Power Windows

These features continue to work upto 10 minutes after the engine isturned off or until either door isopened. If a door is opened, thepower windows and audio systemwill shut off.

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 197.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by holding in thebutton on the lever andpushing the lever all the waytoward the front of the vehicle.

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button to turn theengine off.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running (AutomaticTransmission)

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 186.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), holddown the regular brake pedal. See ifyou can move the shift lever awayfrom P (Park) without first pushingthe button on the lever. If you can, itmeans that the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).



Torque Lock (AutomaticTransmission)

If you are parking on a hill and youdo not shift the transmission intoP (Park) properly, the weight of thevehicle may put too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficultto pull the shift lever out of P (Park).This is called “torque lock.”To prevent torque lock, set theparking brake and then shift intoP (Park) properly before you leavethe driver seat. To find out how, see“Shifting Into P (Park)” previously inthis section.

When you are ready to drive, movethe shift lever out of P (Park) beforeyou release the parking brake.

If torque lock does occur, you mayneed to have another vehicle pushyours a little uphill to take some ofthe pressure from the transmissionparking pawl, so you can pull theshift lever out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkShift lock release prevents shiftingout of P (Park) unless the vehicle isrunning or in accessory mode andthe brake pedal is applied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery. See Jump Starting -North America 0 292.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Release the parking brake.See Electric ParkingBrake 0 197.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still are unable to shift out ofP (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton, and let go of theshift knob.

2. While holding down the brakepedal, press the shift leverbutton again.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), consult yourdealer or a professional towingservice.

Parking (ManualTransmission)Before exiting the vehicle, move theshift lever into 1 (First) orR (Reverse), and apply the parkingbrake. Once the shift lever has beenplaced into 1 (First) or R (Reverse)with the clutch pedal pressed in,turn the ignition off and release theclutch.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.



Active Fuel Management®

This system allows the engine tooperate on either all or half of itscylinders, depending on the drivingconditions. With a manualtransmission, the system is onlyactive in Eco mode. With anautomatic transmission, the systemis available in all modes, but is moreaggressive in Eco mode. See DriverMode Control 0 201.

When less power is required, suchas cruising at a constant vehiclespeed, the system will operate inthe half cylinder mode, allowing thevehicle to achieve better fueleconomy. When greater powerdemands are required, such asaccelerating from a stop, passing,or merging onto a freeway, thesystem will maintain full-cylinderoperation.

Extended ParkingIt is better not to park with thevehicle running. If the vehicle is leftwhile running, follow the propersteps to be sure the vehicle will notmove and there is adequateventilation. See Shifting Into Park0 186 and Engine Exhaust 0 188.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) whilerunning and the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter is outsidethe vehicle, the vehicle will turn offafter one hour.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) whilerunning and the RKE transmitter isinside, the vehicle will run for twohours. At the end of the secondhour, the vehicle will turn off.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 186 andEngine Exhaust 0 188. If the vehiclehas a manual transmission, seeParking (ManualTransmission) 0 187.

AutomaticTransmission

There are several different positionsfor the shift lever.

P : This position locks the rearwheels. It is the best position to usewhen starting the engine becausethe vehicle cannot move easily.



{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 186.

Be sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.

The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. Fully apply the brakes andthen press the shift lever buttonbefore shifting from P (Park) whenthe vehicle is running. If the vehiclecannot be shifted out of P (Park),ease pressure on the shift lever andpush the shift lever all the way into

P (Park) as brake application ismaintained. Then press the shiftlever button and move the shift leverinto another gear. See Shifting outof Park 0 187.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 177.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, use N (Neutral)only. If the vehicle needs towing,see Towing the Vehicle 0 295.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D : This position is for normaldriving. It provides the best fueleconomy. If more power is needed



for passing, push the pedal down toachieve the desired level ofacceleration.

Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” underLoss of Control 0 164.

The transmission can be shifted likea manual transmission using thepaddle shift controls while inD (Drive). See Manual Mode 0 191.

M : In M (Manual Mode), thetransmission can be shifted like amanual transmission using thepaddle shift controls. See ManualMode 0 191.

Manual Mode

Manual Paddle Shift

When the shift lever is moved toM (Manual Mode), the transmissionenters Manual Mode. Thetransmission will hold the currentgear until a change is requested.The paddles on the steering wheelcan be used to manually upshift ordownshift the transmission. Theright (+) plus paddle upshifts, andthe left (−) minus paddle downshifts.

When using the Manual PaddleShift feature while in M (ManualMode), the current gear will bedisplayed in the instrument cluster,or the Head-Up Display (HUD),if equipped. See Head-Up Display(HUD) 0 117.

When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,shifting to 2 (Second) gear allowsthe vehicle to gain more traction.

The Manual Paddle Shift systemcan be deactivated by moving theshift lever from M (Manual Mode)back to D (Drive).



When the shift lever is in D (Drive),press either the right (+) plus paddleor the left (−) minus paddle to placethe transmission in TemporaryManual Paddle Shift mode. Thegear indicator by the shift lever, inthe cluster, and in the HUD willdisplay an M, even though the shiftlever is still in D (Drive). To exit thesystem, hold the (+) plus paddle formore than one second. The systemwill return to automatic shifting aftersix seconds of cruising at a steadyspeed, no manual shifts, noaggressive cornering, or when thevehicle comes to a stop.

While the Manual Paddle Shift gearselection system is active, thetransmission will automaticallydownshift through the gears as thevehicle slows. The transmission will

select 1 (First) gear as the vehiclestops. From a stop, the vehicle willstart from and hold 1 (First) gearunless the manual paddle shifts areused to shift into a different gear,or D (Drive) is selected.

If the left (−) minus paddle is helddown briefly, the transmission willdownshift to the lowest gearpossible for the vehicle speed. If thepaddle continues to be held as thevehicle slows, downshifts willcontinue to occur as vehicle speedallows. This feature also workswhile in Temporary Manual PaddleShift mode, but first press andrelease the (−) minus paddle toenter Temporary Manual PaddleShift mode, then press and hold the(−) minus paddle briefly.

The Manual Paddle Shift system willnot allow an upshift or a downshift ifthe vehicle speed is too fast or tooslow, nor will it allow a start from3 (Third) or higher gear.

If upshifting does not occur whenneeded, vehicle speed will belimited to protect the engine.

When a requested shift is denieddue to the speed restrictions shown,a DIC message will be displayed,and the current gear remainsdisplayed in the cluster and HUD.

Manual Paddle Shift operation isavailable for use with cruise control.See Cruise Control 0 209.

The vehicle speeds required forManual Paddle Shift upshiftsdepend on several vehicle inputs,which will vary the allowed upshiftspeed by a few km/h (mph).

For Vehicles with a 2.41:1 AxleRatio (RPOGXB)

. Upshifts to 3 (Third) gear requireapproximately 25 km/h (16 mph).

. Upshifts to 4 (Fourth) gearrequire approximately 37 km/h(23 mph).

. Upshifts to 5 (Fifth) gear requireapproximately 48 km/h (30 mph).

. Upshifts to 6 (Sixth) gear requireapproximately 60 km/h (37 mph).

. Upshifts to 7 (Seventh) gearrequire approximately 74 km/h(46 mph).



. Upshifts to 8 (Eighth) gearrequire approximately 95 km/h(59 mph).

To prevent damage to thepowertrain, Manual Paddledownshifts to a lower gear cannotbe done above certain speeds. Themaximum speed allowed fordownshifting of gears 1 (First)through 6 (Sixth) are:

. Into 6 (Sixth) gear over 309 km/h(192 mph).

. Into 5 (Fifth) gear over 243 km/h(151 mph).

. Into 4 (Fourth) gear over183 km/h (114 mph).

. Into 3 (Third) gear over 149 km/h(93 mph).

. Into 2 (Second) gear over100 km/h (62 mph).

. Into 1 (First) gear over 62 km/h(39 mph).

For Vehicles with a 2.73:1 AxleRatio (RPOGU2)

. Upshifts to 3 (Third) gear requireapproximately 24 km/h (15 mph).

. Upshifts to 4 (Fourth) gearrequire approximately 34 km/h(21 mph).

. Upshifts to 5 (Fifth) gear requireapproximately 43 km/h (27 mph).

. Upshifts to 6 (Sixth) gear requireapproximately 55 km/h (34 mph).

. Upshifts to 7 (Seventh) gearrequire approximately 64 km/h(40 mph).

. Upshifts to 8 (Eighth) gearrequire approximately 82 km/h(51 mph).

To prevent damage to thepowertrain, Manual Paddledownshifts to a lower gear cannotbe done above certain speeds. Themaximum speed allowed fordownshifting of gears 1 (First)through 7 (Seventh) are:

. Into 7 (Seventh) gear over321 km/h (199 mph).

. Into 6 (Sixth) gear over 272 km/h(169 mph).

. Into 5 (Fifth) gear over 214 km/h(133 mph).

. Into 4 (Fourth) gear over161 km/h (100 mph).

. Into 3 (Third) gear over 131 km/h(93 mph).

. Into 2 (Second) gear over88 km/h (62 mph).

. Into 1 (First) gear over 55 km/h(39 mph).

If an upshift is not requested as theengine speed approaches fuelshutoff rpm, the engine speed willbe limited to protect the engine. SeeTachometer 0 103.

Gear Shifting Light

The gear shift light illuminates in theinstrument cluster when a gearupshift is recommended for best fueleconomy or performance,depending on driver input.



Manual Transmission

To operate:

1 : Press the clutch pedal and shiftinto 1 (First). Then slowly let up onthe clutch pedal as the acceleratorpedal is pressed.

This can be done if the vehicle isgoing less than 64 km/h (40 mph).If the vehicle is at a complete stopand it is hard to shift into 1 (First),put the shift lever in Neutral and letup on the clutch. Then press theclutch pedal back down and shiftinto 1 (First).

2 : Press the clutch pedal whileletting up on the accelerator pedaland shift into 2 (Second). Then,slowly let up on the clutch pedal asthe accelerator pedal is pressed.

3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 : Shift into3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth),6 (Sixth), and 7 (Seventh) the sameway as for 2 (Second).

To stop, let up on the acceleratorpedal and press the brake pedal.Just before the vehicle stops, pressthe clutch pedal and the brakepedal, and shift to Neutral.

Neutral : Use to start or idle theengine. Neutral is the centerposition of the shift pattern.

R : To back up, push the clutchpedal and shift into R (Reverse).Additional pressure may be neededto move the lever past 5 (Fifth) and6 (Sixth) into R (Reverse). Let up onthe clutch pedal slowly whilepressing the accelerator pedal.

The vehicle can be safely shiftedinto R (Reverse) while the vehicle ismoving less than 5 km/h (3 mph).If the vehicle is going faster thanthat, R (Reverse) is locked out.

Shift Speeds

Use the following shift speeds,shown in km/h (mph), for the bestfuel economy.

1 to 4 27 (17)

4 to 5 40 (25)

5 to 6 64 (40)

6 to 7 72 (45)

Caution

When shifting gears, do not movethe shift lever aroundunnecessarily. This may damagethe transmission. Shift directlyinto the next gear.



1–4 Shift MessageWhen the DIC displays thismessage, the vehicle can only beshifted from 1 (First) to 4 (Fourth).

See Transmission Messages 0 131.

Downshifting

Do not downshift into the gear at aspeed greater than shown:

1 (First) 72 km/h (45 mph)

2 (Second) 107 km/h (67 mph)

3 (Third) 160 km/h(100 mph)

4 (Fourth) 233 km/h(145 mph)

Caution

When downshifting, if more thanone gear is skipped, or the engineis racing when the clutch pedal isreleased, the engine, clutch,driveshaft or transmission couldbe damaged.

If the engine speed drops below900 rpm, or if the engine is notrunning smoothly, downshift to thenext lower gear. It may benecessary to downshift two or moregears.

The transmission has a spring thatcenters the shift lever near 3 (Third)and 4 (Fourth). This spring helps toknow what gear the shift lever is inwhen shifting. Be careful whenshifting from 1 (First) to 2 (Second)or downshifting from 7 (Seventh) to6 (Sixth). The spring will try to pullthe shift lever toward 4 (Fourth) and3 (Third). Move the lever into2 (Second) or 6 (Sixth) and do notlet the shift lever move in thedirection of the pulling, or it couldshift from 1 (First) to 4 (Fourth) orfrom 7 (Seventh) to 4 (Fourth).

If the vehicle is not upshifted as theengine speed approaches fuelshutoff rpm, the engine speed willbe limited to protect the engine. SeeTachometer 0 103.

Active Rev MatchVehicles equipped with a manualtransmission have Active Rev Match(ARM). ARM aids in smoothershifting by matching the enginespeed to the next selected gear. Bymonitoring shift lever and clutchoperation, ARM adjusts enginespeed to match a calibrated valuebased on gear selection. Onupshifts and downshifts, enginespeed will be increased anddecreased to match vehicle roadspeed and transmission gearposition. ARM is maintained for afew seconds between shifts, thendeactivates if the shift is notcompleted.



The system is activated anddeactivated by pressing either of thepaddles marked REV MATCH onthe steering wheel. The systemmust be activated with each newignition cycle.

A gear indicator in the instrumentcluster displays the current gearselected:

. When ARM is activated, thegear number is amber.

. When ARM is deactivated, thegear number is white.

. A white dash indicates thatservice is required. ARM will bedisabled, and the malfunctionindicator lamp will be on. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 108. Theclutch and manual transmissionwill continue to operate normally.

ARM will also:

. Be active above 25 km/h(16 mph).

. Match engine speed up to5400 rpm.

. Not operate when theaccelerator pedal is applied.

. Be disabled when the coolanttemperature is below0 °C (32 °F).

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and it may even be noticed thatthe brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) WarningLight 0 111.



If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake

The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The switch is on thecenter console. The EPB canalways be activated, even if theignition is off. To prevent drainingthe battery, avoid repeated cycles ofthe EPB when the engine is notrunning.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 110 andService Electric Parking Brake Light0 111. There are also parkingbrake-related Driver InformationCenter (DIC) messages. See BrakeSystem Messages 0 122. In case ofinsufficient electrical power, the EPBcannot be applied or released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.



2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status lightwill flash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the redparking brake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redparking brake status light is flashing.See your dealer. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 110.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, lift up on the EPB switchand hold it up. Continue to hold theswitch until the red parking brakestatus light remains on. If the amberparking brake warning light remainson, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch is

held up. If the switch is held up untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START position.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Push down momentarily on theEPB switch.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypushing down on the EPB switch

and holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the red parkingbrake status light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted,see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

The EPB can also be used toprevent roll back for vehicles with amanual transmission taking off on ahill. When no roll back is desired, anapplied EPB will allow both feet tobe used for the clutch and



accelerator pedals in preparation forstarting the vehicle moving in theintended direction. In this case,there is no need to push the switchto release the EPB.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when the

brake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)If equipped, Hill Start Assist (HSA)may automatically activate when thevehicle is stopped on a grade. Thisfeature is designed to prevent thevehicle from rolling, either forward orrearward, during vehicle drive off.During the transition from releasingthe brake pedal to accelerating todrive off on a grade, HSA holds thebraking pressure to prevent rolling.HSA will not activate if the vehicle isin a drive gear and facing downhillor if the vehicle is facing uphill andin R (Reverse).

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and a StabiliTraksystem. These systems help limitwheel spin and assist the driver inmaintaining control, especially onslippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that therear wheels are spinning too muchor are beginning to lose traction.When this happens, TCS appliesthe brakes to the spinning wheeland reduces engine power (byclosing the throttle and managingengine spark) to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of thevehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.



If cruise control is being used whenTCS begins to limit wheel spin, thecruise control will automaticallydisengage. Cruise control may bereengaged when road conditionsallow. See Cruise Control 0 209.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 177and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC),and d comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

The TCS/StabiliTrak button is on thecenter console.



Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light iilluminates in the instrument cluster.To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold g until the Traction

Off light i and StabiliTrak OFF

light g illuminate and stay on in theinstrument cluster.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and release g. TheTraction Off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g in the instrument clusterturn off.

If the Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) system is malfunctioningand the DIC displays SERVICETIRE MONITOR SYSTEM,StabiliTrak will be affected asfollows:

. StabiliTrak cannot be turned offby the driver.

. If StabiliTrak is off, it will beturned on automatically.

. Competitive Driving Mode orPerformance TractionManagement is unavailable.

. StabiliTrak will feel different inaiding and maintainingdirectional control.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 220.

Driver Mode Control

The Driver Mode Selector knob ison the console behind the shiftlever.

There are five modes for differentdriving conditions: Weather, Eco,Tour, Sport, and Track.

The outer ring turns to change themodes, which display in theinstrument cluster.

Press the button in the center of theknob for Stability Control andTraction Control, or if the vehicle isin Track mode with Performance



Traction Management (PTM). SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 199 or the information onPTM in Competitive DrivingMode 0 205.

When PTM is active, the outer ringwill change the PTM mode and theDriver mode will display in theinstrument cluster.

Each mode is configured for use indifferent driving conditions. Use:

. Weather mode for rainand snow.

. Eco mode to improve fueleconomy.

. Tour mode for comfortablenormal driving.

. Sport mode for spirited on roaddriving.

. Track mode for track use.

There are 12 attributes that vary bymode shown below. Not all vehicleshave all features, depending on thevehicle options.



Modes: WEATHER ECO TOURDefault

SPORT TRACK

Cluster Display Tour Tour Tour Sport Track

Throttle Progression Weather Normal Normal Sport Track

Trans Shift Mode (if equipped) Normal Normal Normal Sport Track

Active Fuel Management Normal Eco Normal Normal Normal

Exhaust Mode Eco Eco Tour Sport Track

Steering Comfort Comfort Comfort Sport Track

Stability Control Normal Normal Normal Normal Comp ModeAvail

Electronic Limited Slip (if equipped) Mode 1 Mode 1 Mode 1 Mode 2 Modes 2& 3

Magnetic Ride (if equipped) Tour Tour Tour Sport Track

Launch Control NA NA NA NA Available

Traction Control Weather Normal Normal Normal Track

Performance Traction or Competitive DrivingMode (if equipped)

Off Off Off Off Available



Driver Mode Selector AttributesAffected

Instrument Cluster Display

Configures the gauge clusterdisplay for each mode when linked(default):

. Tour: Modern theme whichfeatures displays for audio andnavigation.

. Sport: Classic easy to readSports Car gauges.

. Track: Gauges design based onCorvette Racing display with laptimer.

Throttle Progression

Adjusts throttle sensitivity byselecting how quick or slow thethrottle reacts to input.

Transmission Shift Mode − PaddleShift Automatic

. Adjusts to either a smoother orfirmer shift.

. Sport – Performance AlgorithmLiftfoot (PAL) recognizesaggressive throttle maneuversand holds lower gears for

greater engine braking andenhanced vehicle control whennot using paddles. (Available inSport or Track Mode.)

. Track – Performance AlgorithmShift (PAS) recognizesaggressive cornering, heavybraking, and high acceleration toselect and hold lower gearswhen not using paddles.

Active Fuel Management (enginecylinder shuts off)4-Cylinder Mode

. Normal with automatictransmission: The engine uses8-cylinder mode whenaccelerating, but changes to4-cylinder mode when coasting.

. With manual transmission:Active Fuel Management onlyactive in Eco mode.

. Off in Manual mode withautomatic transmission unless inEco mode.

. Eco keeps the engine in4-cylinder mode unless heavyacceleration is needed.

Exhaust (variable mode exhaustsystem)

Changes when the variable exhaustvalves open.

Steering (Assist Effort)

Adjusts from a lighter steering feelto reduced assist for moresteering feel.

Magnetic Ride Control (ifequipped)

Adjusts the shock dampeningfirmness based on drivingconditions to improve comfort andperformance.

Launch Control

Available only in Track mode formaximum “off–the–line” accelerationwhen in Competitive or PTM modes.

Stability Control

. Competitive Driving Mode allowsless computer control to permitsome slide and drift and isselected with g – only availablein Sport or Track Mode.



. StabiliTrak can be turned off bypressing and holding g for10 seconds.

PTM (Performance TractionManagement) (if equipped)

. Available in Track Mode.

. There are five selectablesettings if Competitive DrivingMode is activated.

Competitive Driving ModeIf equipped, Competitive DrivingMode, Performance TractionManagement, and Launch Controlare systems designed to allowincreased performance whileaccelerating and/or cornering. Thisis accomplished by regulating andoptimizing the engine, brakes, andsuspension performance. Thesemodes are for use at a closedcourse race track and are notintended for use on public roads.They will not compensate for driverinexperience or lack of familiaritywith the race track. Drivers whoprefer to allow the system to havemore control of the engine, brake,

and suspension are advised to turnthe normal traction control andStabiliTrak systems on.

Caution

Attempting to shift when the drivewheels are spinning and do nothave traction may cause damageto the transmission. Damagecaused by misuse of the vehicleis not covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not attempt to shiftwhen the drive wheels do nothave traction.

Competitive Driving Mode

Competitive Driving Mode allows fullengine power while StabiliTrakhelps maintain directional control ofthe vehicle by selective brakeapplication. In this mode, TCS is off.Launch Control is available if inTrack Mode. Adjust your drivingstyle to account for the availableengine power. See “Launch Control”later in this section.

These lights are on when thevehicle is in the CompetitiveDriving Mode.



In order to select this optionalhandling mode, the vehicle modemust be in Sport or Track Mode. Invehicles equipped with PerformanceTraction Management (PTM), theCompetitive Driving Mode is onlyavailable in Sport Mode. In vehiclesnot equipped with PTM, theCompetitive Driving Mode isavailable in Sport and Track Mode.Then quickly press g on the centerconsole two times. STABILITRAKCOMPETITIVE MODE displays inthe Driver Information Center (DIC).See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 127.

When g is pressed again, the

traction off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g will go out.

Performance TractionManagement (Z06, GrandSport, and Stingray with FE4)

Performance Traction Management(PTM) integrates the TractionControl, StabiliTrak, and MagneticRide Control systems to provideimproved and consistentperformance when cornering. The

amount of available engine power isbased on the mode selected, trackconditions, driver skill, and theradius of each corner.

This light is on when the vehicle isin the PTM mode.

To select this optional handlingmode, the vehicle mode must beTrack. Then quickly press the TCS/StabiliTrak g button on the centerconsole two times. PERF TRAC 1 -WET ACTIVE HANDLING ONdisplays in the DIC.

To experience the performancebenefit of this system, after enteringa curve and at the point wherenormal acceleration occurs, fullypush the accelerator pedal. ThePTM system will modify the level ofengine power for a smooth andconsistent corner exit.

The PTM system contains fivemodes. These modes are selectedby turning the Selective RideControl/Performance TractionManagement MODE SELECT knobon the center console. Scroll up ordown through modes 1–5 by turningthe MODE SELECT knob to theright or left.

The following is a DIC displaydescription and the recommendedusage of each mode:

PERF TRAC 1 – WET ACTIVEHANDLING ON. Intended for all driver skill levels.



. Wet or damp conditions only —not intended for use in heavyrain or standing water.

. StabiliTrak is on and enginepower is reduced based onconditions.

PERF TRAC 2 – DRY ACTIVEHANDLING ON. For use by less experienced

drivers or while learning a newtrack.

. Dry conditions only.

. StabiliTrak is on and enginepower is slightly reduced.

PERF TRAC 3 – SPORTACTIVE HANDLING ON. For use by drivers who are

familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmode 2.

. StabiliTrak is on and moreengine power is available than inmode 2.

PERF TRAC 4 – SPORTACTIVE HANDLING OFF. For use by drivers who are

familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmodes 2 or 3.

. StabiliTrak is off and availableengine power is the same asmode 3.

PERF TRAC 5 – RACE ACTIVEHANDLING OFF. For use by experienced drivers

who are familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanin other modes.

. StabiliTrak is off and enginepower is available for maximumcornering speed.

Press and release g to turn off PTMand return to the traction control andStabiliTrak systems. The traction offlight i and StabiliTrak OFF light gwill go out.

Launch Control (TrackMode Only)

A Launch Control feature isavailable, within Competitive DrivingMode, on all vehicles to allow thedriver to achieve high levels ofvehicle acceleration in a straightline. Launch Control is a form oftraction control that manages tirespin while launching the vehicle.This feature is intended for useduring closed course race eventswhere consistent zero to60 and quarter mile times aredesirable.

Launch Control is only availablewhen the following criteria are met:

. Competitive Driving Mode isselected or any of thePerformance TractionManagement modes areselected. The TCS light comeson the instrument cluster and theappropriate DIC messagedisplays.

. The vehicle is not moving.



. The steering wheel is pointingstraight.

Manual Transmissions

. The clutch is pressed and thevehicle is in 1 (First) gear.

. The accelerator pedal is rapidlyapplied to wide open throttle.

The Launch Control feature willinitially limit engine speed as thedriver rapidly applies the acceleratorpedal to wide open throttle. Allowthe engine rpm to stabilize.A smooth, quick release of theclutch, while maintaining the fullypressed accelerator pedal, willmanage wheel slip. Complete shiftsas described in ManualTransmission 0 194.

Automatic Transmissions

. The brake pedal must be firmlypressed to the floor, equivalentto a panic brake event.

. The accelerator pedal is rapidlyapplied to wide open throttle. (Ifthe vehicle rolls due to wideopen throttle, release thethrottle, press the brake pedal

more firmly, and re-apply theaccelerator to wide openthrottle.)

The Launch Control feature willinitially limit engine speed as thedriver rapidly applies the acceleratorpedal to wide open throttle. Allowthe engine rpm to stabilize.A smooth, quick release of thebrake pedal, while maintaining thefully pressed accelerator pedal, willmanage wheel slip.

After the vehicle is launched, thesystem continues in CompetitiveDriving Mode or PerformanceTraction Management.

Competitive Driving Mode, PTM,and Launch Control are systemsdesigned for a closed course racetrack and not intended for use onpublic roads. The systems are notintended to compensate for lack ofdriver experience or familiarity withthe race track.

Limited-Slip Differential(Stingray withoutZ51 Only)If equipped, the mechanicallimited-slip differential can give moretraction on snow, mud, ice, sand,or gravel. It works like a standardaxle most of the time, but whentraction is low, this feature allowsthe drive wheel with the mosttraction to move the vehicle. Forvehicles with limited-slip differential,driven under severe conditions, therear axle fluid should be changed.See Competitive Driving Mode0 205 and MaintenanceSchedule 0 307.

Limited-Slip Differential(Z06, Grand Sport, andStingray with Z51)If equipped, the ElectronicLimited-Slip Differential (eLSD) isautomatically activated. eLSDactively monitors vehicle sensorsand driver inputs to determine the



amount of change for theconditions. With eLSD, thevehicle has:

. Enhanced high-speed control.

. Improved traction throughcorners, allowing moreacceleration.

. More precise steering.

. Increased vehicle agility.

. Integration with StabiliTrak.

For vehicles with eLSD, drivenunder severe conditions, the rearaxle fluid should be changed. SeeCompetitive Driving Mode 0 205and Maintenance Schedule 0 307.

Cruise ControlWith cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or morecan be maintained without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

If equipped with a manualtransmission, the cruise control willremain active when the gears areshifted. The cruise is disengaged ifthe clutch is pressed for severalseconds.

If the Traction Control System (TCS)begins to limit wheel spin while youare using cruise control, the cruisecontrol automatically disengages.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 199. When roadconditions allow for using safelyagain, cruise control can be turnedback on.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

1 : Press to turn cruise control onor off. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.



RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready engaged, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET/– : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already engaged,use to decrease vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 98.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Setting Cruise Control

If 1 is on when not in use, SET/– orRES/+ could get pressed and gointo cruise when not desired. Keep1 off when cruise is notbeing used.

1. Press 1 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET/– onthe steering wheel.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 98.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, brieflypress RES/+. The vehicle returns tothe previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

Do one of the following:

. Press and hold RES/+ until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressRES/+. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) faster.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

Do one of the following:

. Press and hold SET/– until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET/–. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) slower.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise speed.



While pressing the accelerator pedalor shortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing SET/– will result in cruiseset to the current vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain yourspeed. When going downhill, youmight have to brake or shift to alower gear to keep your speeddown. If the brake pedal is applied,cruise control will disengage.

Cruise Control in Manual PaddleShift Gear Selection

When the vehicle is in M (ManualMode) and the manual paddle shiftcontrols are not being used, cruisecontrol operates in the samemanner as D (Drive).

When the vehicle is in M (ManualMode) and the manual paddle shiftcontrols are being used, cruisecontrol operates as follows:

. If cruise control is active and agear is selected with the manualpaddle shift controls, the vehiclespeed is maintained in the driverselected gear and will notautomatically upshift ordownshift the transmission whilethe driver’s gear selection isactive.

. If driving in hilly terrain, cruisecontrol may not be able tomaintain vehicle speed if anupshift or downshift is notselected by the driver. Whiledriving on hilly terrain and cruisecontrol is active with a manualpaddle shift gear selection, thedriver must select the propergear for the terrain or select D(Drive) on the shift lever for fullautomatic transmissionoperation.

Ending Cruise Control

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press the clutch pedal forseveral seconds or shift toN (Neutral) (manualtransmissions).

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral) (automatictransmissions).

. Press*.

. To turn off cruise control,press 1.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 1 is pressedor if the ignition is turned off.



Driver AssistanceSystems

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC) and Curb View Camera mayhelp the driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehiclewhen parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the center stack display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press abutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of 8 km/h (5 mph).

The camera is above the licenseplate.

1. View displayed by thecamera.

1. View displayed by thecamera.

2. Corner of the rear bumper.

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.



Curb View Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays in thecenter stack screen. The displayshows a front, top down view at thetop and left and right front cameraimages on the bottom.

The front view shows after shiftingfrom R (Reverse) to a forward gear,or by pressing CAMERA in thecenter stack, and when the vehicleis moving forward slower than8 km/h (5 mph).

The front cameras are on both sidesof the front fascia.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Turning the Features On or Off

To turn off the guidance lines:

1. On the infotainment system,press the Settings screenbutton, or turn the MENU knobto highlight Settings andpress MENU.

2. Select Rear Camera.

3. Select Guidance Lines andthen select Off or On.

FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine cleaner and reduceengine deposits. Seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

For the LT1 6.2L engine, premiumunleaded gasoline meeting ASTMspecification D4814 with a postedoctane rating of 93 is highly



recommended for best performanceand fuel economy. Unleadedgasoline with an octane rated as lowas 87 can be used. Using unleadedgasoline rated below 93 octane,however, will lead to reducedacceleration and fuel economy.If knocking occurs, use a gasolinerated at 93 octane as soon aspossible, otherwise, the enginecould be damaged. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline with a 93 octane rating, theengine needs service.

For the LT4 6.2L superchargedengine, use premium unleadedgasoline meeting ASTMspecification D4814 with a postedoctane rating of 93. If unavailable,unleaded gasoline with a postedoctane rating of 91 may be used,but with reduced performance andfuel economy. If the octane is lessthan 91, the engine could bedamaged and the repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.If heavy knocking is heard whenusing gasoline rated at 93 octane,the engine needs service.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles which are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16 – 50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal, andaniline. These fuels cancorrode metal fuel systemparts or damage plastic andrubber parts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance may beaffected. The malfunction indicatorlamp could turn on and the vehiclemay not pass a smog-check test.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 108. If this



occurs, return to your authorizeddealer for diagnosis. If it isdetermined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see “ProhibitedFuels” in Fuel 0 213.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel 0 213.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline isnot available, one bottle of GM FuelSystem Treatment Cleaner added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. GM Fuel SystemTreatment Cleaner is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop priorto beginning to flow fuel.

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door. The fuel door is lockedwhen the vehicle doors are locked.



Press K on the RKE transmitter tounlock. The driver door must beopened before the fuel door willunlock.

The vehicle has a capless refuelingsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds before removing thenozzle. After initial shutoff, do notpartially remove the nozzle to addmore fuel as this will result in fuel

spillage. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 296.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablegas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from inside the vehicle.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause afire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or other

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

means. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationThe vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light)0 108. A device connected to theDLC — such as an aftermarketfleet or driver-behavior trackingdevice — may interfere withvehicle systems. This could affectvehicle operation and cause acrash. Such devices may alsoaccess information stored in thevehicle’s systems.



Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 78 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 78.


Vehicle Care 219

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 220California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 220

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 235Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 237Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 237Cooling System (Engine) . . . . . 239Cooling System (AeroPanel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 244

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Battery - North America . . . . . . 248Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 250Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 251

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 251Windshield Replacement . . . . . 252

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 253High Intensity Discharge (HID)Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 253Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 254Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Competition Oriented Tires . . . 265Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 266Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 281Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283


220 Vehicle Care

If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 295Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 WarningWARNING: Most motor vehicles,including this one, as well as manyof its service parts and fluids,contain and/or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California to

cause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts and systems,many fluids, and some componentwear by-products contain and/oremit these chemicals.

See Battery - North America 0 248and Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 292.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance and


Vehicle Care 221

safety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 78.

Lifting the Vehicle

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle can cause aninjury. The vehicle can slip off thejack and roll over you or otherpeople. You and they could bebadly injured. Find a level placeto lift your vehicle. To helpprevent the vehicle from moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine.

To be even more certain thevehicle will not move, put blocksin front of and behind the wheels.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle or the vehiclemay fall and cause injury to youor others.

If a jack is used to lift the vehicle,follow the instructions that camewith the jack, and be sure to use thecorrect lifting points to avoiddamaging the vehicle.


222 Vehicle Care

Caution

Lifting the vehicle improperly candamage it and result in costlyrepairs not covered by the vehiclewarranty. To lift the vehicleproperly and prevent vehicledamage:

. Be sure to place a block orpad between the jack andthe vehicle.

. Lift only in the areas shownin the following illustrations.

For additional information, seeyour dealer and the ChevroletCorvette service manual.

Caution

The front jack pads must notcontact the rocker panels, thefront fenders, or the floor pan.If they do, damage may occur.

Lifting from the Front – Cradle

The front lifting points can beaccessed from either side of thevehicle, behind the front tires.

1. Locate the front lifting points.

2. Place a block or pad betweenthe jack and the vehicle.

3. Lift the vehicle with the jack.

Lifting from the Front – Frame

Use only a service jack with a liftingpad diameter of 64 mm (2.5 in) orsmaller, and thick enough to makesure the jack does not contact thevehicle body.

Position the service jack and liftingpad under the frame rail shippingslot reinforcement.

Lifting from the Rear – Cradle

The rear lifting points can beaccessed from the rear driver orpassenger side of the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 223

1. Locate the rear lifting points.

2. Place a block or pad betweenthe jack and the vehicle.

3. Lift the vehicle with the jack.

Lifting from the Rear – Frame

Use only a service jack with a liftingpad diameter of 64 mm (2.5 in) orsmaller, and thick enough to makesure the jack does not contact thevehicle body.

Position the service jack and liftingpad under the frame rail shippingslot reinforcement.

For more information, see DoingYour Own Service Work 0 223.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications OrderingInformation 0 333.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 78.


224 Vehicle Care

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 319.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release leverinside the vehicle. It is belowthe instrument panel on thedriver side.

2. Go to the side of the vehicleand pull up on the rear edge ofthe hood, near the windshield.

Before closing the hood, be sure allthe filler caps are on properly. Then,pull the hood down and close itfirmly.


Vehicle Care 225

Engine Compartment Overview

6.2L LT1 V8 Engine (without Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank)


226 Vehicle Care

1. Passenger Compartment AirFilter 0 158 (Out of View). SeePassenger Compartment AirFilter 0 158.

2. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See EngineCoolant 0 242.

3. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 255.

4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 237.

5. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System(Engine) 0 239 or CoolingSystem (Aero Panel) 0 241.

6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “Whento Add Engine Oil” underEngine Oil 0 230.

7. Engine Oil Dipstick. See“Checking Engine Oil” underEngine Oil 0 230.

8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 247.

9. Clutch Master CylinderReservoir (If Equipped). SeeHydraulic Clutch 0 237.

10. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See “Adding WasherFluid” under WasherFluid 0 246.


Vehicle Care 227

6.2L LT1 V8 Engine (Stingray with Z51 and Grand Sport – Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank)


228 Vehicle Care


2. Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank FillCap. See “Changing Engine Oiland Filter” Engine Oil 0 230.










Vehicle Care 229

6.2L LT4 V8 Engine (with Z06 – Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank)


230 Vehicle Care


2. Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank FillCap. See “Changing Engine Oiland Filter” Engine Oil 0 230.









Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 235.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil (ExceptZ06, Grand Sport, and Stingraywith Z51)

If the ENGINE OIL LOW–ADD OILmessage displays on the DriverInformation Center (DIC), check theengine oil level right away. SeeEngine Oil Messages 0 125.

Check the engine oil level regularly(every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 225 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level.


Vehicle Care 231

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep gradesor too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves whenchecking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil(Except Z06, Grand Sport, andStingray with Z51)

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 321.

See Track Events and CompetitiveDriving 0 164 for additionalinformation on engine oil.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 225 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.


232 Vehicle Care

Checking Engine Oil (Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingraywith Z51)

1. Engine Oil Dipstick2. Engine Oil Fill Cap

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehiclemust be on level ground.

The engine oil dipstick handle is aloop. The dipstick is located on thedry sump engine oil tank. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 225 for the location of the drysump engine oil tank.

These vehicles have aracetrack-ready dry sump enginelubrication system. This highperformance system operatesdifferently than a standard enginelubrication system and requires aspecial procedure when checkingthe engine oil level. Follow thisprocedure closely.

The engine oil level must bechecked when the engine is warm.Cold oil level in the dry sump tankmay not indicate the actual amountof oil in the system. With thissystem, engine oil is contained in anexternal tank, separate from theengine. Under normal operatingconditions, the oil pan under theengine does not store any oil. If thevehicle has been parked for anextended period without the enginebeing started, some oil will seepback into the oil pan, reducing theamount of oil held in the dry sumptank and there could be no engineoil at all showing on the dipstick.This is normal since the dipstick isdesigned to read the engine oil levelonly after the engine has run longenough to reach normal operating

temperature. Do not add engine oilbased on cold engine dipstickreadings. The engine oil level on thedipstick will also be inaccurate ifchecked while the engine is running.

1. To obtain an accurate engineoil level reading, warm up theengine to at least 80 °C(175 °F). Cold oil will not give acorrect oil level reading.

2. Once the engine is warm, turnoff the engine. Checking the oilwhile the engine is running willresult in an incorrect oil levelreading.

3. Check the oil level betweenfive and 10 minutes after theengine is shut down.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

4. Remove the dipstick from theexternal engine oil tank andwipe it with a clean lint-free


Vehicle Care 233

paper towel or a cloth.Re-insert the dipstick into theexternal oil tank, pushing it allthe way in until it stops.

5. Remove the dipstick from theoil tank and read the level onthe cross-hatched area.

When to Add Engine Oil (Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingraywith Z51)

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oilthrough the oil fill cap opening in theoil tank and then recheck the level.See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”for an explanation of what kind of oil

to use. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 321.

See Track Events and CompetitiveDriving 0 164 for additionalinformation on engine oil.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 225 for the location of the externalengine oil tank and fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback into the oil tank when through.

Changing Engine Oil and Filter(Z06, Grand Sport, andStingray with Z51)

The vehicle may have aracetrack-ready dry sump enginelubrication system. This highperformance system operatesdifferently than a standard enginelubrication system and requires aspecial procedure when changingthe engine oil and filter. Follow thisprocedure closely when changingthe engine oil and filter.


234 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Oil Drain Plugs2. Seals

Steps to follow:

1. Remove the two engine oildrain plugs from the bottom ofthe engine oil pan. One drainplug drains the external oil tankvia the oil transfer supply line.The other drain plug drainsresidual oil from the crankcasesump. Allow the oil to drain.

2. Once the oil has been drainedfrom the engine, remove theengine oil filter and allow the oilto drain.

3. Reinstall both drain plugs andtighten them to 25 Y(18 lb ft).

4. Replace the oil filter andtighten it three-quarters to oneturn after gasket contact. SeeMaintenance ReplacementParts 0 317 for the correct filter.

5. Oil is filled through the openingin the top of the externalengine oil tank. Remove the oilfill cap.

6. Add oil to the oil tank. SeeCapacities andSpecifications 0 321.

7. Install the oil fill cap and insertthe dipstick, if removed.

8. Start the engine and let it runat idle for at least 15 seconds.This will circulate the freshengine oil through thelubrication system.

9. Shut off the engine and checkthe oil level as described under“Checking Engine Oil (Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingraywith Z51).”

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos1™ specification.

Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

GM recommends Mobil 1® engineoils that show the dexos1 approvedlogo for its dry sump equippedengines.


Vehicle Care 235

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade, itis recommended to select an oil ofthe correct specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

For track events or competitivedriving, use Mobil 1® 15W-50 engineoil. An instrument cluster warninglight will be illuminated at high oiltemperatures. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 115.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1™ specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in the

trash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer thatindicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

Z06, Grand Sport, and Sting Raywith Z51 have a racetrack-ready drysump engine lubrication system.This high performance systemoperates differently than a standardengine lubrication system andrequires a special procedure whenchanging the engine oil and filter.See Engine Oil 0 230.


236 Vehicle Care

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem may not indicate that an oilchange is necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.



How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Scroll through the DIC InfoPages menu until theREMAINING OIL LIFEpercentage is displayed. SeeDriver Information Center(DIC) 0 115.

2. Press and hold the SEL buttonon the DIC while the Oil Lifedisplay is active. The oil life willchange to 100%.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to thedealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at the dealer. Contact thedealer for additional information orthe procedure can be found in theservice manual. To purchase a


Vehicle Care 237

service manual, see ServicePublications OrderingInformation 0 333.

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatictransmission fluid may damagethe vehicle, and the damage maynot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use theautomatic transmission fluid listedin Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316.

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in MaintenanceSchedule 0 307, and be sure to usethe fluid listed in RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 316.

Manual TransmissionFluidIt is not necessary to check themanual transmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to thedealer and have it repaired as soon

as possible. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 316 for theproper fluid to use.

Hydraulic ClutchIt is not necessary to regularlycheck clutch fluid unless yoususpect there is a leak in thesystem. Adding fluid will not correcta leak. A fluid loss in this systemcould indicate a problem. Have thesystem inspected and repaired.

The fluid will darken over time. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 307 forwhen to replace the fluid.

When to Check and Whatto Use

The hydraulic clutch fluid reservoircap has this symbol on it. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 225 for reservoir location.

Refer to Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316 for the proper fluidto use. The fluid requires changing.See Maintenance Schedule 0 307.

How to Check and Add Fluid

Visually check the clutch fluidreservoir to make sure the fluid levelis at the MIN (minimum) line on theside of the reservoir. The hydraulicclutch fluid system should be closedand sealed.

Do not remove the cap to check thefluid level or to top off the fluid level.Remove the cap only whennecessary to add the proper fluiduntil the level reaches the MIN line.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterSee Engine Compartment Overview0 225 for the location of the engineair cleaner/filter.

Caution

If water is sprayed and enters theengine air cleaner/filter intake andhousing, the engine could be

(Continued)


238 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

damaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see MaintenanceSchedule 0 307.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not clean

the engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To remove the hood extractor ductto gain access:

1. Bolts (4)2. Hood Extractor Duct

1. Open the hood. SeeHood 0 224.

2. Remove the four bolts (1) andthe hood extractor duct (2).

3. Reverse Step 2 to replace thehood extractor duct.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Surge Tank Coolant Hose2. Screws (2)3. Hose Retainers (2)4. Air Duct Clamp5. Electrical Connector

Caution

If the engine coolant surge tankhose is not carefully lifted out ofthe hose retainers on the aircleaner/filter cover assembly, it

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 239

Caution (Continued)

may be damaged and causeengine coolant to leak. Damagewould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

1. Carefully lift the surge tankcoolant hose (1) from bothhose retainers (3) and positionthe hose to be able to removethe screws securing the aircleaner/filter endcap.

2. Loosen the air duct clamp (4)at the air cleaner/filter housingendcap and move the duct outof the way.

3. Remove the electricalconnector (5) from the sensor.

4. Remove the two screws (2).

5. Turn the air cleaner/filterendcap downward anddisengage the lower endcapmounting tabs from the lowerretention hinge features. Besure to insert the lower endcapmounting tabs fully into thehousing retention hingefeatures before turning theendcap upward and replacingthe screws.

6. Inspect or replace the aircleaner/filter.

7. Reverse Steps 1–6 to replacethe air cleaner/filter endcap.

8. Replace the extractor hoodduct. See above.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.

Cooling System (Engine)The cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.


240 Vehicle Care

LT1 Engine (without Dry SumpEngine Oil Tank)

1. Coolant Surge Tank withPressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

LT1 Engine (with Dry SumpEngine Oil Tank)



LT4 Engine (with Dry SumpEngine Oil Tank)



{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.


Vehicle Care 241

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

Caution

Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can causepremature engine, heater core,or radiator corrosion. In addition,the engine coolant could requirechanging sooner. Any repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always useDEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolantin the vehicle.

Cooling System (AeroPanel)The aero panel enhancesaerodynamic efficiency andimproves fuel economy.

Remove the aero panel and bracketto improve engine cooling and airconditioning performance whendriving aggressively or in hotweather.

To remove the aero panel andbracket:

Stingray Shown, Grand Sport andZ06 Similar

1. Press up on the two indents atthe bottom and lift the aeropanel off the bracket.


242 Vehicle Care

Stingray Shown, Grand Sport andZ06 Similar

2. Unscrew the two fasteners thatsecure the bracket.

3. Gently pull the bracket awayfrom the grille.

To replace the bracket and aeropanel:

1. Position the bracket over thegrille.

2. Secure the bracket by pushingthe two fasteners into place.

3. Snap the aero panel into place.

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL® enginecoolant. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 316. The fluidrequires changing at certainintervals. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 307.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 244.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The vehicle's coolant warningsystem is set for the propercoolant mixture. With plain wateror the wrong mixture, the engine

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could get too hot but you wouldnot get the overheat warning. Theengine could catch fire and you orothers could be burned. Use amixture of 40% DEX-COOLcoolant and 60% clean, drinkablewater.

Use a mixture of 40% DEX-COOLcoolant and 60% clean, drinkablewater. If using this mixture, nothingelse needs to be added. Thismixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −28 °C (−18 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.


Vehicle Care 243

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much water in themixture can freeze and crackengine cooling parts. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Use only theproper mixture of engine coolantfor the cooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

If ambient temperatures areanticipated below −28 °C (−18 °F),make sure a proper mixture ratio of50% DEX-COOL coolant and 50%clean, drinkable water is used.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level is not at orabove the cold fill line, add amixture of 40% DEX-COOL coolantand 60% clean, drinkable water atthe coolant recovery tank, but besure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done. See EngineOverheating 0 244.

The engine coolant surge tank istoward the rear of the enginecompartment on the passenger sideof the vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 225.

When the engine is cold, the coolantlevel should be at the cold fill line onthe coolant surge tank.

When the engine is hot, the levelcould be higher than the cold fillline. If the coolant is below the coldfill line when the engine is hot, therecould be a leak in the coolingsystem.

If the coolant is low, add the coolantor take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.


244 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressurecap to cool.

If coolant is needed, add the properDEX-COOL coolant mixture directlyto the surge tank, but be sure thecooling system is cool before thisis done.

1. When the cooling system,including the coolant surgetank pressure cap and upperradiator hose, is no longer hot,remove the pressure cap.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter turn and then stop.

If a hiss is heard, wait for thatto stop. A hiss means there isstill some pressure left.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly, and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper DEX-COOL coolantmixture until the level insidestabilizes at the cold fill line onthe front of the surge tank.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until theupper radiator hose can be feltgetting hot. Any time duringthis procedure, watch out forthe engine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level stabilizes atthe cold fill line on the coolantsurge tank.

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

Check the level in the surgetank when the system hascooled down. If the coolant isnot at the proper level, repeat

Steps 1−4, then reinstall thepressure cap. If the coolant isnot at the proper level whenthe system cools down again,see your dealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has several indicatorsto warn of engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument cluster. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge 0 105.The vehicle may also display amessage on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Engine CoolingSystem Messages 0 125.


Vehicle Care 245

If the decision is made not to lift thehood but to get service help rightaway, see Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 328.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine and have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.Wait until there is no sign ofsteam or coolant before you openthe hood.

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop theengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not be

too serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral) and let theengine idle.

If the temperature overheat gauge isno longer in the shaded area or anoverheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not come


246 Vehicle Care

back on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When the vehicle needs windshieldwasher fluid, be sure to read themanufacturer instructions beforeuse. If the vehicle will be operatingin an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, use a fluidthat has sufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 225.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

solution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

Brakes

Brake Wear

Disc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or be


Vehicle Care 247

heard all the time the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Under certain weather or operatingconditions, occasional brake squealmight be heard with the vehicle'sperformance braking system. Thisbrake system is designed forsuperior fade resistance andconsistent operation using high

performance brake pads. Brakesqueal is normal and does not affectsystem performance.

If equipped with high performancebrake linings, there could be anincreased build-up of brake dust aswell as minor noises as comparedto standard brake linings.

Brake linings should always bereplaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Wear (Grand Sport and Z06Model with J57 Ceramic Brakes)

This vehicle does not have built-inbrake pad wear indicators. Thebrake pads should be inspectedperiodically and any time the tiresare removed. See your dealer.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakes

may not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 225 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.


248 Vehicle Care

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 110.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 307.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 316.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement number onthe original battery label when anew battery is needed.


Vehicle Care 249

For battery replacement, see yourdealer or the service manual. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 333.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 220.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 292 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Some vehicles have a batterymaintainer package. Follow theinstructions provided with thebattery maintainer package to keep

the battery charged when thevehicle is not in use. Plug thebattery maintainer into the rearaccessory power outlet only. Thefront power outlet turns off after theignition is off.

For vehicles without a batterymaintainer, see the followinginformation:

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

See “Window Indexing” underPower Windows 0 45.

Extended Storage: It isrecommended that the batterymaintainer package be used.However, if not, remove the black,negative (−) cable from the battery.All vehicle memory settings willneed to be reset when batterypower is restored.


250 Vehicle Care

Rear Axle

When to Check Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularlycheck rear axle fluid unless a leak issuspected or an unusual noise isheard. A fluid loss could indicate aproblem. Have it inspected andrepaired.

How to Check Lubricant

To get an accurate reading, thevehicle should be on a levelsurface.

The fluid level should be at or within13 mm (0.5 in) of the bottom of thefill plug hole threads. If it is at thislevel, no additional fluid is needed.If the fluid level is below 13 mm(0.5 in), add fluid until it is abovethis level.

What to Use

To add lubricant when the level islow or to completely refill afterdraining, see Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 316. Then fill towithin 13 mm (0.5 in) of the bottomof the fill plug hole threads with therequired lubricant.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake.See Electric ParkingBrake 0 197.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. For automatic transmissionvehicles, try to start the enginein each gear. The vehicleshould start only in P (Park) orN (Neutral). If the vehicle startsin any other position, contactyour dealer for service.

For manual transmissionvehicles, put the shift lever inNeutral, push the clutch pedaldown halfway, and try to startthe engine. The vehicle shouldstart only when the clutchpedal is pushed down all theway to the floor. If the vehiclestarts when the clutch pedal isnot pushed all the way down,contact your dealer for service.


Vehicle Care 251

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 197.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) with

normal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove foot

pressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 317.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Open the hood.

2. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.


252 Vehicle Care

3. Lift up on the latch in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper arm attaches.

4. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough torelease it from the J-hookedend of the wiper arm.

5. Remove the wiper blade.

Allowing the wiper blade arm totouch the windshield when nowiper blade is installed coulddamage the windshield. Anydamage that occurs would notbe covered by the vehicle

warranty. Do not allow thewiper blade arm to touch thewindshield.

6. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windshield ReplacementThe windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the vehicle has to havethe windshield replaced, get onethat is designed for HUD or theHUD image may look out of focus.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


Vehicle Care 253

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see ReplacementBulbs 0 254.

For any bulb-changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The High Intensity Discharge(HID) lighting system operates ata very high voltage. If you try toservice any of the systemcomponents, you could beseriously injured. Have yourdealer or a qualified technicianservice them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

License Plate LampTo replace one of these bulbs:

Passenger Side Shown, DriverSide Similar

1. Push the lamp assemblytoward the right.

2. Pull the lamp assembly downto remove.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket.

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Push the lamp assembly backinto position until the releasetab locks into place.


254 Vehicle Care

Replacement BulbsExterior Lamp Bulb

Number

LicensePlate Lamp

W5W LL

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses to protectagainst an electrical systemoverload. Fuses also protect powerdevices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thereare some spare fuses and a fusepuller in the Instrument Panel FuseBlock. The same amperage fusecan also be borrowed. Choosesome feature of the vehicle that isnot needed to use and replace it assoon as possible.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice may

cause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

FusesThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits byfuses. This greatly reduces thechance of fires caused by electricalproblems.

Look at the silver-colored bandinside the fuse. If the band is brokenor melted, replace the fuse. Be sureyou replace a bad fuse with a newone of the identical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon asyou can.


Vehicle Care 255

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockThere is one fuse block in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 225 for more information onlocation.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


256 Vehicle Care


Vehicle Care 257

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

1 Front wiper

2 Starter

3 ABS valves

4 Engine controlmodule

5 Electric parkingbrake

6 Front HVAC

7 ABS pump

8 Logistics

9 Vacuum pump

10 Electronic reardifferential module

11 Heated seat 1

12 Column lockmodule

Fuses Usage

13 Steering column

14 Glove box

15 Engine insideposition

16 Body controlmodule 6

17 HVAC controls


19 Heated seat 2


21 Electric steeringcolumn lock

22 Display

23 Auxiliary outlet

24 Radio

25 Instrumentcluster HUD

Fuses Usage

26 Interior rearviewmirror

27 Ignition – odd

28 Ignition – even

29 Data link connector

30 Seat fan

31 Fuel pump powermodule

32 Exhaust valve 1

33 Horn

34 Headlamp washer

35 A/C clutch

36 Engine outsideposition

37 Real timedampening

38 Intercooler

39 Left headlamp


258 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

40 Right headlpamp

41 Headlampwasher pump

42 Exhaust valve 2

43 Reverse lockout

44 Electric reardifferential module

45 Rear transmissioncooler fan

46 Transmissioncontrol module

47 Canister vent

48 Integrated chassiscontrol module/Automaticoccupant sensing

49 Theft/Vehicleinterface module

50 Engine/Transmission

Fuses Usage

51 Instrument cluster

52 High-beamheadlamps

53 Transmissioncontrol module/Engine controlmodule

54 Starter

55 Front wiper –Low/High

56 Run/Crank

57 Front wiper motor

58 Headlamp washer

59 A/C control

60 Logistics 1

61 Low-beamheadlamps


Fuses Usage

63 Vacuum pump

64 –

65 –

66 –

67 –

68 –

69 –

70 –

71 –

72 –

73 –

74 Transmissioncooling fan 2

75 –

76 Communicationgateway module


Vehicle Care 259

Relays Usage

54 Starter

55 Front wiper –Low/High

56 Run/Crank

57 Front wiper motor

58 Headlamp washer

59 A/C control

60 –

61 Low-beamheadlamps


63 Vacuum pump

Rear Compartment FuseBlockThe rear compartment fuse block isin the rear of the vehicle, under theload floor. Lift the carpet and accessdoor in the center of the load floor toaccess the fuses.


260 Vehicle Care


Vehicle Care 261

You can remove fuses using thefuse puller.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

1 Window

2 Driver power seat

3 Passive entry/Passive start 2

4 Passive entry/Passive start 1


6 Heated mirrors


8 Rear windowdefogger

9 GBS


11 Steering wheel

Fuses Usage

12 Passengerpower seat

13 –

14 Exterior rearviewmirror



17 Sensing diagnosticmodule/Automaticoccupant sensing

18 Logistics 2


20 Integrated chassiscontrol module

21 Amplifier

22 Rear accessorypower outlet

24 Memory seatmodule/Convertible top

Fuses Usage

25 Theftdeterrent PSM

26 Trunk releasemodule

27 OnStar (ifequipped)

28 Camera module

29 –

30 Fuel pump powermodule

31 Trunk releasemodule latch

32 Battery regulatedvoltage control

33 –

34 Convertible topsolenoid

35 –

36 Passenger windowswitch

37 Front accessorypower outlet

38 –


262 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

39 –

40 –

41 –

42 –

43 –

44 –

Relays Usage

R1 –

R2 Rear windowdefogger

R3 –

R4 Front accessorypower outlet

R5 Theft (door locksecurity)

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 263

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 272 forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 278.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Run-Flat TiresThis vehicle, when new, had run-flattires. There is no spare tire, no tirechanging equipment, and no placeto store a tire in the vehicle.

The vehicle also has a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS)that indicates a loss of tire pressurein any of the tires.

{ Warning

If the low tire warning lightdisplays on the instrument cluster,the handling capabilities will bereduced during severemaneuvers. Driving too fast couldcause loss of control and you orothers could be injured. Do not

(Continued)


264 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) whenthe low tire warning light isdisplayed. Drive cautiously andcheck the tire pressures as soonas possible.

Run-flat tires can be driven on withno air pressure. There is no need tostop on the side of the road tochange the tire. Continue driving;however, do not drive too far or toofast. Driving on the tire may not bepossible if there is permanentdamage. To prevent permanentdamage, the tire can be driven withno air pressure for up to 80 km(50 mi) at speeds slower than80 km/h (50 mph). As soon aspossible, contact the nearestauthorized GM or run-flat servicingfacility for inspection and repair orreplacement.

When driving on a deflated run-flattire, avoid potholes and other roadhazards that could damage the tireand/or wheel beyond repair. When atire has been damaged, or if driven

any distance while deflated, checkwith an authorized run-flat tireservice center to determine whetherthe tire can be repaired or should bereplaced. To maintain the run-flatfeature, all replacement tires mustbe run-flat tires.

To locate the nearest GM or run-flatservicing facility, call CustomerAssistance.

The valve stems on run-flat tireshave sensors that are part of theTPMS. See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 273. These sensorscontain batteries that are designedto last for 10 years under normaldriving conditions. See your dealerfor wheel or sensor replacement.

Caution

Using liquid sealants can damagethe tire valves and tire pressuremonitor sensors in the run-flattires. This damage is not coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notuse liquid sealants in run-flattires.

Low-Profile Tires

Low-Profile Performance Tire

The original equipment tires onthis vehicle are classified aslow-profile performance tires.These tires are designed forvery responsive driving on wetor dry pavement, however, mayproduce more road noise andtend to wear faster.

Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a curb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tires set to thecorrect inflation pressure and

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 265

Caution (Continued)

when possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.

Competition OrientedTiresThis vehicle may come with P285/30ZR19 and P335/25ZR20 MichelinPS CUP2 competition oriented tiresthat are DOT approved for streetuse. Competition oriented tires usea special tread pattern andcompound that provide more gripthan normal road tires. Theminimum tread depth will bereached earlier than typical tires,resulting in reduced tire life. Thisspecial tread pattern and compoundwill have decreased performance incold climates, heavy rain, andstanding water. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle when driving attemperatures below approximately

10 °C (50 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads. See WinterTires 0 263.

{ Warning

Driving on wet roads, in heavyrain, or through standing waterwith competition oriented tiresmay cause hydroplaning and lossof control. Use extreme cautionand drive slowly on wet roads.

{ Warning

Driving with competition orientedtires on snow, ice, or cold roadsurfaces can cause loss of controlor an accident. Competitionoriented tires are summer seasontires and are not intended to bedriven on snow, ice, or roadsurfaces below 10 °C (50 °F). Donot drive a vehicle withcompetition oriented tires in theseconditions.

Caution

Competition oriented tires haverubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C(20 °F). Always store competitionoriented tires indoors and attemperatures above −7 °C (20 °F)when not in use. If the tires havebeen subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) orless, let them warm up in aheated space to at least 10 °C(50 °F) for 24 hours or morebefore being installed or driving avehicle on which they areinstalled. Do not apply heat orblow heated air directly on thetires. Always inspect tires beforeuse. See Tire Inspection 0 275.

Summer TiresHigh Performance Summer Tires

This vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread and


266 Vehicle Care

compound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 263.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C(20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 275.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection for more detail.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.


Vehicle Care 267

GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week(01-52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,

tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 279.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.


268 Vehicle Care

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See TirePressure 0 270.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.


Vehicle Care 269

Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 177.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 177.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommended


270 Vehicle Care

tire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 270 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 177.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for NewTires 0 277.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 279.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 177.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.


Vehicle Care 271

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity.

On rare occasions, vehicles withP245/40ZR18 and P285/35ZR19size tires may experience arough ride at the tire pressurerecommended on the Tire andLoading Information label. Toimprove ride performance,decrease the tire pressure to noless than 205 kPa (30 psi) whenthe tire is cold. This may reducefuel economy and cause the lowtire pressure warning to occurmore often.

Inflate the tires to therecommended pressure oncerough ride road conditions havepassed.

For additional informationregarding how much weight thevehicle can carry, and anexample of the Tire and LoadingInformation label, see VehicleLoad Limits 0 177. How thevehicle is loaded affects vehiclehandling and ride comfort. Neverload the vehicle with moreweight than it was designed tocarry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a monthor more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tirepressure. Proper tire inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tire. Check the tireinflation pressure when the tiresare cold, meaning the vehiclehas not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).


272 Vehicle Care

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget the pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.This could cause a crash, andyou or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tires are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.

The tires require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicleat speeds of 160 km/h (100mph) or

higher, where it is legal. Set the coldinflation pressure to the maximuminflation pressure shown on the tiresidewall, or 265 kPa (38 psi),whichever is lower. See theexample following. Return the tiresto the recommended cold tireinflation pressure when high-speeddriving has ended. See VehicleLoad Limits 0 177.

Example:

The maximum load and inflationpressure molded on the tiresidewall, in small letters, near therim flange. It will read something likethis: Maximum load690 kg (1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi)Max. Press.

For this example, set the inflationpressure for high-speed driving at265 kPa (38 psi).

Racing or other competitive drivingmay affect the warranty coverage ofthe vehicle. See the warrantybooklet for more information.


Vehicle Care 273

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.

This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 274.

See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 334.


274 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly on your vehicle. TheTPMS sensors monitor the airpressure in the tires and transmitsthe tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning light,located in the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressure

shown on the tire loadinginformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message appear ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 115 and TireMessages 0 130.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Information labelshows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires when

they are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 270 for additionalinformation.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 275, Tire Rotation 0 276, When ItIs Time for New Tires 0 277, andTires 0 262.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 275

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 284 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully. Themalfunction light and the DIC

message should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 278.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message come onand stays on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess — Auto LearnFunction

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thetires or replacing one or more of theTPMS sensors. When a tire isinstalled, the vehicle must bestationary for about 20 minutesbefore the system recalculates. Thefollowing relearn process takes upto 10 minutes, driving at a minimumspeed of 19 km/h (12 mph).A dash (-) or pressure value willdisplay in the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 115 andTire Messages 0 130. A warningmessage displays in the DIC if aproblem occurs during the relearnprocess.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.


276 Vehicle Care

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationThe tires should be rotatedevery 12 000 km/7,500 mi. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 307.

Tires are rotated to achieveuniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 277 and WheelReplacement 0 281.

Different tire sizes should not berotated front to rear.

Use this rotation pattern if thevehicle has different size tireson the front and rear.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 270 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 177.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 274.


Vehicle Care 277

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 321.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are oneway to tell when it is time for newtires. Treadwear indicators appearwhen the tires have only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) or less of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 275 and TireRotation 0 276.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be free


278 Vehicle Care

of grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of the

vehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 266, for additionalinformation.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 276 for information

on proper tire rotation. However,if it is necessary to replace onlyone axle set of worn tires, placethe new tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, and ZR speed rated tires.Never exceed the winter tire'smaximum speed capability whenusing winter tires with a lowerspeed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.


Vehicle Care 279

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes(other than those originallyinstalled on the vehicle), brands,or types may cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle, resulting ina crash or other vehicle damage.Use the correct size, brand, andtype of tire on all four wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,

load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 274.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, roll bars,

traction control, electronic stabilitycontrol, or All-Wheel Drive, theperformance of these systems canalso be affected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 278 andAccessories andModifications 0 220.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National Highway


280 Vehicle Care

Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from the

norm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistance


Vehicle Care 281

to the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear. If thevehicle is vibrating when driving ona smooth road, the tires and wheelsmay need to be rebalanced. Seeyour dealer for proper diagnosis.

Road Imperfections/Crown Effects

The vehicle's precise steering andhandling make it very responsive toroad surface feedback. A slight pullmay be felt in the steeringdepending on the crown of the roadand/or other road surface variationssuch as troughs or ruts. This isnormal and the vehicle does notrequire service.

Tire Chatter/Hop

When driving at slow speeds and invery tight turns, the vehicle mayhave tire chatter/hop. This is normaland the vehicle does not requireservice.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts,or wheel nuts with new GM originalequipment parts.


282 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tireclearance to the body andchassis.

Tightening Wheel Lug Nuts

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on studsor the threads of the wheel nuts.The wheel nuts might come looseand the wheel could fall off,causing a crash.

{ Warning

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can causethe wheel to become loose andeven come off. This could lead toa crash. Be sure to use thecorrect wheel nuts. If you have toreplace them, be sure to get newGM original equipmentwheel nuts.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification.


Vehicle Care 283

Tighten the wheel lug nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence. SeeCapacities and Specifications 0 321.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss of

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

control and a crash. Use anothertype of traction device only if itsmanufacturer recommends it forthe vehicle's tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, driveslowly and readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the rear tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. If air goesout of a tire, it is much more likely toleak out slowly. See Tires 0 262 foradditional information. But if thereever is a blowout, here are a fewtips about what to expect and whatto do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot off

the accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

The vehicle has no spare tire, notire changing equipment, and noplace to store a tire.

If the vehicle has run-flat tires, thereis no need to stop on the side of theroad to change a flat tire. SeeRun-Flat Tires 0 263.

{ Warning

Special tools and procedures arerequired to service a run-flat tire.If these special tools and

(Continued)


284 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

procedures are not used, injury orvehicle damage may occur.Always be sure the proper toolsand procedures, as described inthe service manual, are used.

If this vehicle does not have run-flattires and a tire goes flat, avoidfurther tire and wheel damage bydriving slowly to a level place, welloff the road, if possible. Turn on thehazard warning flashers. SeeHazard Warning Flashers 0 145.

1. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Put an automatic transmissionin P (Park) or a manualtransmission in 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

4. Turn off the ignition.

5. Inspect the flat tire.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant kitand the tire has been separatedfrom the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a puncture largerthan 6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is tooseverely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. If the tire has a punctureless than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the treadarea of the tire, see Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit 0 284.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 188.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to its

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 285

Warning (Continued)

recommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

To obtain a tire sealant andcompressor kit, see your dealer.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 328.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

The kit includes:

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Airor Air Only)

2. On/Off Button3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button


286 Vehicle Care

5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button

(Under Sealant/Air Hose)

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister. Thesealant canister should be replacedbefore its expiration date.Replacement sealant canisters areavailable at your local dealer. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” later in thissection.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the sealantcanister and sealant/air hoseassembly must be replaced. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” later in thissection.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.




Vehicle Care 287



When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 145.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 283 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and CompressorKit 0 291.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)onto the tire valve stem. Turn itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 96.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) counterclockwise tothe Sealant + Air position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (3) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 270.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor


288 Vehicle Care

is on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading. Thecompressor may be turned on/off until the correct pressure isreached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 328.

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire,

therefore, Steps 12–18 must bedone immediately afterStep 11.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

14. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/air hose(6), and the power plug (8)back in their original location.

16. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove the

maximum speed label from thesealant canister (5) and place itin a highly visible location. Donot exceed the speed on thislabel until the damaged tire isrepaired or replaced.

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–11 under “Using theTire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 328.


Vehicle Care 289

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, and vehicle.

21. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (5) and sealant/airhose (6) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

22. Replace with a new canisterassembly available from yourdealer.

23. After temporarily sealing thetire using the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

To use the air compressor to inflatea tire with air only and not sealant:




290 Vehicle Care



If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 145.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 283 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and CompressorKit 0 291.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the tire valve stemcap from the flat tire by turningit counterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (7)onto the tire valve stem byturning it clockwise until it istight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 96.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) clockwise to the AirOnly position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 270.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading. Thecompressor may be turned on/off until the correct pressure isreached.

If you inflate the tire higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjust theexcess pressure by pressingthe pressure deflationbutton (4) until the properpressure reading is reached.


Vehicle Care 291

This option is only functionalwhen using the air onlyhose (7).

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Disconnect the air only hose(7) from the tire valve stem, byturning it counterclockwise, andreplace the tire valve stem cap.

14. Replace the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8) andcord back in its originallocation.

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

2. Press the canister releasebutton (9).

3. Pull up and remove thecanister.

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitThe tire sealant and compressor kit,if equipped, should be stored in thestorage area behind the left rearwheel opening in the rearcompartment when it is notbeing used.

To access the storage area:

1. Open the hatch/trunk. SeeHatch (Trunk) 0 38.


292 Vehicle Care

2. Lift the storage cover.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 248.

If the battery has run down, useanother vehicle and some jumpercables to start the vehicle. Be sureto use the following steps to do itsafely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 220.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.


Vehicle Care 293

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

The battery is under a battery coverin the hatch/trunk area on thepassenger side under the carpet.

Before you connect the cables, hereare some basic things you shouldknow. Positive (+) will go to thepositive (+) terminal. Negative (−)will go the negative (−) terminal.

1. Discharged BatteryPositive (+) Terminal

2. Discharged BatteryNegative (−) Terminal

3. Good Battery Negative (−)Terminal

4. Good Battery Positive (+)Terminal

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jumper cables canreach, but be sure the vehiclesare not touching each other.If they are, it could cause aground connection you do notwant. You would not be able tostart the vehicle, and the badgrounding could damage theelectrical systems.

To avoid the possibility of thevehicles rolling, set the parkingbrake firmly on both vehiclesinvolved in the jump startprocedure. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in Neutralbefore setting the parkingbrakes.


294 Vehicle Care

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn off the ignition on bothvehicles. Unplug unnecessaryaccessories plugged into thecigarette lighter or theaccessory power outlet. Turnoff the radio and all lamps thatare not needed. This will avoidsparks and help save bothbatteries. And it could save theradio!

4. Open the rear hatch/trunk andlift the carpet on the passengerside of the vehicle to gainaccess to the battery cover.

5. Remove the left eyelet for thecargo cover, then remove thebattery cover and locate thepositive (+) and negative (−)terminals.

6. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation. If they do, you couldget a shock. The vehiclescould be damaged too.

7. Open the positive terminal trimcover and connect the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal (1) of thedead battery.

8. Do not let the other end touchmetal. Connect it to thepositive (+) terminal (4) of thegood battery.

9. Now connect the blacknegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal (3) of thegood battery.

Do not let the other end touchanything until the next step.


Vehicle Care 295

10. Connect the other end of thenegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal (2) on thedead battery.

11. Now start the vehicle with thegood battery and run theengine for a while.

12. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

The power windows may need to beinitialized. See “Window Indexing”under Power Windows 0 45.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to any suspensioncomponents — including thecontrol arms, stabilizer bars, andlinks — during towing andrecovery of a disabled vehicle,or when securing the vehicle to aflatbed car carrier. For towing andrecovery of a disabled vehicle,use the proper hooks in thecorrect locations on the front andrear sub-frames. Use the propernylon strap harnesses around thetires to secure them to the flatbedcar carrier.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbedcar carrier. A wheel lift tow truckcould damage the vehicle.


296 Vehicle Care

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, see“Recreational Vehicle Towing”following.

Recreational VehicleTowing

Caution

Dolly towing or dinghy towing thevehicle may cause damagebecause of reduced groundclearance. Always put the vehicleon a flatbed truck or trailer.

The vehicle was neither designednor intended to be towed with any ofits wheels on the ground. If thevehicle must be towed, see Towingthe Vehicle 0 295.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.


Vehicle Care 297

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol. This couldcause damage that would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,comply with the car washinstructions. The windshield wipermust be off. Remove anyaccessories that may be damagedor interfere with the car washequipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.


298 Vehicle Care

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome, andstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chromeand stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Convertible Top Care

Frequently hand wash convertibletops with mild car wash soap. Neveruse a stiff brush, steam, bleach,or aggressive cleaners.

If necessary, a soft brush can beused to remove dirt. When finishedcleaning, thoroughly rinse the fabric.Avoid automatic car washes withoverhead brushes or veryhigh-pressure sprays as they cancause damage and leaking.

Only lower the top when it iscompletely dry and avoid leavingthe top lowered for extendedperiods of time to prevent excessiveinterior weathering.

Avoid leaving large amounts ofsnow on the top for extendedperiods of time as damage may alsooccur.

Carbon Fiber Care

Carbon fiber composite parts can bewashed and waxed like any otherparts. Use a clear or blackpigmented wax. See CompositeMaterials 0 182.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhile they are dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.


Vehicle Care 299

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesrequire more frequent application.Black marks from rubber material onpainted surfaces can be removed by

rubbing with a clean cloth. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.


300 Vehicle Care

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaning

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

brushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect other brake parts,including drums, wheel cylinders,calipers, parking brake, mastercylinder, brake fluid reservoir,vacuum pipes, electric vacuumpump including bracket and venthose, if equipped.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, and liftgate hinges,unless the components are plastic.Applying silicone grease onweatherstrips with a clean cloth willmake them last longer, seal better,and not stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.


Vehicle Care 301

Composite Springs

Caution

Do not use acidic or corrosivecleaning products, enginedegreasers, or aluminum cleaningagents on fiberglass springs as itmay cause damage. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Use onlyapproved cleaners.

Body Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer. Largerareas of finish damage can becorrected in your dealer's body andpaint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately remove

hand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applycleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove a soilfrom any interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with pressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,


302 Vehicle Care

use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede/Sueded-Microfiber

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.


Vehicle Care 303

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently changethe appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface in

(Continued)


304 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

rinse safety belt webbing onlywith mild soap and lukewarmwater. Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats be

purchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the accelerator orbrake pedal. Always check thatthe floor mats do not interferewith the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.


Vehicle Care 305

The floor mats are held in place bytwo retainers.

Installing and Replacing theFloor Mats

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to remove it from theretainers.

2. Reinstall by lining up theopenings in the floor mat overthe retainers and push downinto position.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


306 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 306

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 307

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 319

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oil

changes and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Required Services are theresponsibility of the vehicle owner.It is recommended to have yourdealer perform these services every12 000 km/7,500 mi. Proper vehiclemaintenance helps to keep thevehicle in good working condition,improves fuel economy, andreduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more


Service and Maintenance 307

frequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 213.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 223.

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 230.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See TirePressure 0 270.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 275.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See WasherFluid 0 246.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil andfilter must be changed at least once



a year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 235.



Required Services Every12 000 km/7,500 mi. Check engine oil level and oil

life percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 230 and Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 235.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant 0 242.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 246.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 296. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. SeeWiper BladeReplacement 0 251.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 270.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 275.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 237.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 296.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 296.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 67.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 296.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 250.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck 0 251.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) MechanismCheck 0 251.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Dry Sump Engines Only (Stingray with Z51, Grand Sport, and Z06) - Required: Initial break-in oil change. Change engine oil and filter after the first 800 km/500mi. Follow theengine oil life system for every oil change thereafter.

Perform Required Services. Check engine oillevel and oil life percentage. Change engine oiland filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ @

LT1 Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect sparkplug wires. @

LT4 Supercharged Engine: Replace spark plugs.Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Change rear axle fluid. @ @ @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Replace clutch fluid. Manual transmissiononly. (7)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System(Engine) 0 239 or Cooling System(Aero Panel) 0 241.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 247.

(7) Replace clutch fluid every threeyears. See Hydraulic Clutch 0 237.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Dry Sump Engines Only (Stingray with Z51, Grand Sport, and Z06) - Required: Initial break-in oil change. Change engine oil and filter after the first 800 km/500mi. Follow theengine oil life system for every oil change thereafter.

Perform Required Services. Check engine oillevel and oil life percentage. Change engine oiland filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @

Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @

LT1 Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect sparkplug wires. @

LT4 Supercharged Engine: Replace spark plugs.Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Change rear axle fluid. @ @ @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Replace clutch fluid. Manual transmissiononly. (7)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System(Engine) 0 239 or Cooling System(Aero Panel) 0 241.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 247.

(7) Replace clutch fluid every threeyears. See Hydraulic Clutch 0 237.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in ExteriorCare 0 296.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs

of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. For

information on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 301 andExterior Care 0 296.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.



Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and LubricantsFluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. For track eventsor competitive driving, use Mobil 1® engine oil. See Engine Oil 0 230.

Engine Coolant 40/60 coolant/water mixture of clean, drinkable water and use onlyDEX-COOL® Coolant. See Engine Coolant 0 242.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, inCanada 19299819).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Hydraulic Clutch System Hydraulic Clutch Fluid. Use only GM Part No. 19299570, inCanada 19299571, Super DOT 4 brake fluid.

Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19331925, inCanada 19300537).

Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88861800, in Canada 88861801).

Rear Axle DEXRON® LS Gear Oil (GM Part No. 88862624, in Canada 88862625).See Rear Axle 0 250 for information on checking the fluid.



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Electronic Limited-Slip Differential(eLSD) Clutch System Lubricant(Z51, Grand Sport, and Z06 Only)

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 23107355 A3191C

Engine Oil Filter 12640445 PF64

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 22862632 CF139

Spark Plug

6.2L LT1 Engine 12622441 41–114

6.2L LT4 Supercharged Engine 12642722 41–128



Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Wiper Blades

Driver Side — 550 mm (21.7 in) 22756331 —

Passenger Side — 500 mm (19.7 in) 22756330 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


320 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 323

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 321 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, under the carpet in thehatch/trunk area on the passengerside, has the following information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


Technical Data 321

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions.

See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 316.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant chargetype and amount, see the refrigerant label underthe hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System 11.2 L 11.8 qt

Intercooler System (LT4) 4.3 L 4.5 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

6.2L LT1 Engine Without Z51 or Grand Sport 6.6 L 7.0 qt

6.2L LT1 Engine With Z51 or Grand Sport 9.3 L 9.8 qt

6.2L LT4 Supercharged Engine 9.3 L 9.8 qt

Fuel Tank 70.4 L 18.6 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling


322 Technical Data

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap Firing Order

6.2L V8 LT1 7 AutomaticManual

0.95–1.10 mm(0.037–0.043 in)

1–8–7–2–6–5–4–3

6.2L LT4 Supercharged 6 AutomaticManual

0.725–0.875 mm(0.029–0.034 in)

1–8–7–2–6–5–4–3

Engine Data

Engine Horsepower Torque Displacement Compression Ratio

6.2L V8 Standard 455 460 lb ft 6.2L 11.5:1

6.2L V8 withPerformanceExhaust

460 465 lb ft 6.2L 11.5:1

6.2L V8Supercharged

650 650 lb ft 6.2L 10.0:1


Technical Data 323

Engine Drive Belt Routing

6.2L LT1 Engine

6.2L LT4 Engine


324 Customer Information

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 327

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 327GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 331Service Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 336OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 337

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


Customer Information 325

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-222-1020. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of Canada



Company wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-243-8872

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For Text



Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows interaction withChevrolet and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner manuals andview vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar VehicleDiagnostic Information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number(VIN) 0 320.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information (ifequipped).

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada) chevroletowner.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.

. Download owner manuals.



. Find theChevrolet-recommendedmaintenance services.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement of eligibleaftermarket adaptive equipmentrequired for the vehicle, such ashand controls or a wheelchair/scooter lift for the vehicle.

For more information on the limitedoffer, visit www.gmmobility.com orcall the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)for details. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.



Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Chevrolet dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 805 km (500mi).

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. If available,diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,



after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”

furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costs



and be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.



Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside AssistanceProgram 0 328.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.



. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 72.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.



In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyManual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withIndustry Canada StandardsRSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,ICES‐001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.



Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtainother information aboutmotor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify GeneralMotors of Canada Company. CallTransport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.



GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar AdditionalInformation 0 343.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


338 OnStar

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

OnStar Overview

Manual Rearview Mirror

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

Q Voice Command Button

| Blue OnStar Button

U Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paidsubscription and data plan. OnStar

requires the vehicle battery andelectrical system, cellular service,and GPS satellite signals to beavailable and operating. OnStar actsas a link to existing emergencyservice providers. OnStar maycollect information about you andyour vehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar’s UserTerms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Manual and AutomaticDimming Rearview Mirrors. Press the mirror controls.

If OnStar does not respond,adjust finger position or removeany gloves.

. Avoid touching the controls whileadjusting the mirror. To cancel acommand pressQ.

. Clean the mirror while thevehicle is off to avoid makingcalls.


OnStar 339

Status Indicator

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar controls on themanual rearview mirror.

If the status light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is active. Press |twice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

For the automatic dimming rearviewmirror, the status is providedthrough the Display on DemandIcons.

. Three Color Icons: The systemis enabled and active.

. No Icons: The vehicle is inmotion or the OnStarsubscription is inactive.

. Blinking: Button has beenpressed.

. Solid: On a call.

. ~: Indicates a problem.

OnStar Commands

Press| or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

PressQ to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi®

network name or SSID, andpassword, if equipped.

Press| to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

PressU to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.


340 OnStar

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive, OnStar service plan(excludes Basic Plan). WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

PressU for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block™,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar service plan.

Press| to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. Press| to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. PressQ. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”


OnStar 341

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Subscribers can have directionssent to the vehicle’s navigationscreen, if equipped.

Press| then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andRemoteLink mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (IfEquipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, pressQ, wait forthe prompt, then say “Wi-Fisettings.” On some vehicles,touch Wi-Fi Settings on thescreen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type


342 OnStar

(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, press| or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor.

After initial set-up, your vehicles’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using theRemoteLink mobil app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor.

OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App(If Equipped)

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple® iOS,Android™, BlackBerry®,or Windows® mobile devices.OnStar Subscribers can access thefollowing services from a mobiledevice:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps

. Check the vehicles’s fuel level,oil life, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send directions to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle’s Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink informationand compatibility, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling servicewhich requires available minutes.

To Make a Call

1. PressQ. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”


OnStar 343

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

PressQ. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

PressQ and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsAdvanced Diagnostics provides astatus of the vehicle’s key systemswith a monthly e-mail or by pressing|. If equipped, Diagnostic Alertscan be received in real-time viae-mail or text. The Proactive Alertsfeature (if available) can help predictand alert of potential upcoming

maintenance issues with selectcomponents on the vehicle, beforethey become a problem.

OnStar can also monitor and reporttire pressure, if vehicle is equippedwith a Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.Press| to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

Press| to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.


344 OnStar

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

Press| and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance,Advanced Diagnostics, RemoteServices, Roadside Assistance,Turn-by-Turn Navigation, andHands-Free Calling are available onmost vehicles. Not all OnStarservices are available everywhereor on all vehicles. For moreinformation, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar User Terms, PrivacyStatement and Software Terms :

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. Press| to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservices. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damageto the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.

See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 334.

Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpSubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

Press| to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.


OnStar 345

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressing| orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.Press| and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If the

vehicle has not been started forfive days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. Press| to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.


346 OnStar

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 217. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacy

statement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or press| to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third parties

may unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - softwareacknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index and https://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that the


OnStar 347

above copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of a


348 OnStar

self-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use of

the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


Index 349

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Active Fuel Management® . . . . . . 188Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 217Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 237Air Dam, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

Passenger Sensing System . . . .73What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

Airbag System (cont'd)When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .70AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

Passenger Status Indicator . . . 107Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 196Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 212

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189


350 Index

Automatic (cont'd)Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Battery - North America . . . .248, 292Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 251Boost Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .110

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 181Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Bulb Replacement (cont'd)Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 253Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 214Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .220, 248, 292

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2

Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 91Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 108CheckMalfunction IndicatorEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .81Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 331CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Competition Oriented Tires . . . . . 265Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . 205


Index 351

Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 284ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Engine Temperature Gauge . . 105Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . .239, 241Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 327Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . . . 333

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 331Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data CollectionInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 337OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Data RecorderPerformance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 336Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . 208Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Door (cont'd)Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 323Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 201DrivingCompetitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .24Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 175If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 177Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 163Track Events andCompetitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 177Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154


352 Index

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 197Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 110Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Electronic Stability Control(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 225Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . 239, 241Cooling System Messages . . . 125

Engine (cont'd)Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 189Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 336Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 142Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 142Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 145Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 236Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Front Air Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Front SeatsHeated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .61

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . .114Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 188Requirements, California . . . . . 214System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259


Index 353

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 139Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

GaugesBoost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Engine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Gear Shifting Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 306Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

HHatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 145Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . .114High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 143Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . .115

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 114High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 272Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 175Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 199Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 44Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 126Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .27

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 266LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 143Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142


354 Index

Lamps (cont'd)Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 108Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Lifting the Vehicle, Tires . . . . . . . . 221LightElectronic Stability Control(ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Gear Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 146LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Lights (cont'd)Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .110Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . .110Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . . .113

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .113Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 143Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 106Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . 208LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 114Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 307Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 108Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 194Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

MatchingActive Rev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Battery Voltage andCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122


Index 355

Messages (cont'd)Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 125Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 127Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 130Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Automatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Mirrors (cont'd)Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 44Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

NetCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 181

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 235Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Oil (cont'd)Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 80Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 327OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 341OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 343OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 340OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . . . 333

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

PPanel, Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47ParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 251

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188


356 Index

Parking (cont'd)Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 187

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 212

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 73Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 220

Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 186Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 67PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 336

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 330

Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .220, 248, 292

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 334Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 212Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 296Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 27

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 79Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 335General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Ride Control SystemsEnhanced TractionSystem (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Roof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 323Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189


Index 357

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .68Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .67

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 335General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 330Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60SeatsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .61Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .57Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .57Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . 86SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Security (cont'd)Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 223Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 319Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 320Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 330Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Shifting (cont'd)Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Special Application Services . . . . 312Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 33Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 250Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

StorageRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 89Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291


358 Index

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 337

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 327Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 41Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Competition Oriented . . . . . . . . . 265Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Pressure Monitor Operation . . 274Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 273Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Tires (cont'd)Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Terminology and Definitions . . 268Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 281When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 217Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 296Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Track Events andCompetitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 164

TractionLimited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 208Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 279Universal Remote System . . . . . . 139Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Identification Number (VIN) . . . 320Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 131Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33


Index 359

Vehicle (cont'd)Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 291

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .110Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 281Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 251

00-introduction en us 1. - corvsport.com...introduction 3 {danger danger indicates a hazard with a...

Documents